Home

2004.5 Infiniti FX45/35 Owner Manual

1. ee eeeseeeeeeeneeeereeees 3 8 Intelligent Key system if so equipped 3 9 Door locks unlocks precaution c eee 3 11 Intelligent Key operation eee 3 12 Opening and closing windowS eee 3 13 Operating the Ongine ee eee eeeeeseeeeeee 3 13 Intelligent Key operating range sses 3 15 Warning SIQNAIS snein ennn Trouble shooting guide Battery replacement ee eeeeeereereeereeeees Operation with intelligent remote keyless entry SYSTEM ics sszicidsssenecvessincuseseatetd seaorsa waster coteadetieedeeet 3 21 Operation with the mechanical key and valet KOY see siceesiecssdvdecnaseapanevouvivesdkesteevereasdveevs pedzctercadaes 3 24 RMON TINGE NG a aseina Open the filler lid Fuel tiller Capricia niarainn Tilting telescopic steering column cee 3 29 Automatic operation Manual operation 0 cece eee eee eeeteees SUM VISTS sca cessisetiecdy Aiececesesietets alesieadecis MItCOIS icccccsisccsticcssers Gavionaizes Inside mirror Automatic anti glare inside mirror if so SUID OO oss ce crs ze schasecescesaccarensccasazactactesnsceasteaare 3 32 OUTS IS ITU ONS rene a A 3 32 Automatic drive positioner if so equipped 3 33 Memory storage function eee 3 33 Entry exit fUNCtOM sanninna 3 35 KEYS except Intelligent Key Silver at Silver Master key 1 With built in transponder chip axa Master key 2 With built in transponder
2. 1 All towing above 1 000 Ib 454 kg requires the use of trailer brakes INFINITI recommends the use of a tandem axle trailer whenever towing above 3 000 Ib 1 361 kg 2 A sway control device is recommended for all towing above 2 000 Ib 907 kg Sway control devices are not offered by INFINITI See a professional trailer hitch outlet for a properly designed sway control device for your trailer TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Check the towing capacity of your receiver type frame mounted hitch Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer A genuine INFINITI trailer hitch is available from your INFINITI dealer US only Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property dam age due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks CAUTION e Special hitches which include frame reinforcements are required for tow ing above 2 000 Ib 907 kg Suitable Genuine INFINITI hitches for pickup truck and sport utility vehicles are available at a INFINITI dealer e Do not use axle mounted hitches e Do not modify the vehicle exhaust system brake system etc to install a trailer hitch Technical and consumer information 9 19 e After the hitch is removed seal the bolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes water or dust from entering the pas senger compartment e Regularly check all hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted e To reduce the
3. Intelligent Key system Warning signals 3 17 Intelligent key warning light 0 2 13 Interior light 2 38 2 39 Interior light replacement 8 28 ISOFIX child restraint cece eeeeeeeee 1 39 Jump Stani essuie riaa 6 8 Keyless entry With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key SyStEM iiir cirsticssisicnssscsiivicositoiscssy 3 21 Without Intelligent Key system See remote keyless entry sySteM cc cece 3 5 Keys Except Intelligent Key 3 2 Keys For Intelligent Key system 0 ce 3 9 Knob Ignition knob Intelligent Key system 5 9 L Label Air conditioner specification label 9 13 Label Emission control information label 9 13 10 4 Label F M V S S certification label 9 12 Labels Air bag warning labels 0 0 cee 1 19 Engine serial number cc see 9 12 Vehicle identification number VIN ATGHiSVSIOM tninn eE License plate Installing front license plate 9 14 Light Air bag warning light 0 0 ee 1 19 Bulb replacement x Fog light SWiItO vsisi Feadight SwWitoh creiere iaaa Headlights Bulb replacement Interior NIGH isesesisiyirai n Map JiQhtS narenn iiaeia Personal light Replacement Vanity mirror light icc iec sie atescisiee cs 2 40 Warning indicator lights and audible EMINAS S ienee asaya Xenon headlights Lights Exterior and interior light replacement
4. cceeeee Installation on rear seat outboard or center POSMOS siiin eiiiai ianea 1 34 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children SY SUG i erene esau a aE iiaei 1 39 Top tether strap child restraint 1 40 Installation on front passenger seat 1 41 SEATS FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT AA WARNING e Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches or controls Unattended children could become SSS0133 involved in serious accidents A WARNING e For most effective protection when Operating tips the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well e The seat motor has an auto reset overload e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be protection circuit If the motor stops during k in th n j h i bacidiniiheisearandiadjustiihejseat operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate belt properly See Precautions on dangerous The shoulder belt will not n belt Wenge later In GE Saio the switch be against your body In an accident 2 g a ae 4 ra a ge e Do not operate the power support seat VAS altel 1S Walken Whe Tis Glatel Ue for a long period of time when the engine is ceive neck or other serious injuries off This will discharge the battery You could also slide under the la l See Automatic
5. SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed MPH and km h 2 4 Instruments and controls Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer are displayed when the ignition key is in the ON position The odometer 4 records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the dis tance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the trip knob 3 changes the display as follows TRIP A TRIP B TRIP A Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the reset knob 4 resets the trip odometer to zero Elapsed time driving distance and average speed information is also available refer to trip computer information in the Monitor climate audio and voice activated control sys tems section later in this manual x1000r min cool _ Red gt zone fa MPH f ams RY Automatic transmission position indicator DO NOT REV engine into red zone SIC1898 Cruise control system display if so equipped TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute r min CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage aE Normal HA range 1C2137 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem perature The engine coolant temperature will v
6. button and select the Display key and Dis play Off key then set the screen to on by pushing the ENTER button Setting Audio or HVAC display Choose the Audio or HVAC Heater and air conditioner key to be displayed at the bottom by using the joystick The audio or HVAC heater air conditioner setting condi tion will normally appear on the screen To return to the setting screen push the SETTING button or PREV button Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 9 VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS O Lift Steering Column When Exiting Vehicle 2 O Selective Door Unlock O Keyless Remote Response Horn 1 if so equipped 2 Remote Unlock Driver s Door First if so equipped SAA0703 _ VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS Keyless Remote Response Lights Lock and Unlock Shorter lt 7T min gt Longer Sensitivity of Automatic Headlights Lower lt L gt Higher Automatic Headlights Off Delay Shorter lt 45 sec gt Longer Auto Re Lock Time if so equipped SAA0704 _ VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS O Speed Dependent Wiper Intelligent Key Lock Response Sound O Intelligent Key Unlock Response Beep Sound Return All Settings to Default if so equipped SAA0792 Vehicle electronic systems You can only get this menu if the ignition switch is ON If the ignition switch or ignition knob is set to ACC you will not
7. 5 2 Push starting 2 Starting the engine cee 5 11 Steering Power steering fluid cceseeeeeeeee Power steering system cseeeeee Tilting telescopic steering column a 5S 0 6 gt Bee ee eee ee Bee en ee Sunshade i s 4 2 05 EETA 10 6 SUN VISOS iioii annonce 3 31 S ngl sses NOIdET serris 2 31 SUNOG ee a e NEE 2 36 Automatic SUNOG isenana 2 36 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 19 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 19 2 13 Supplemental restraint system ou 1 8 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM ntete REELE EE 1 8 Supplemental side and curtain side impact air bag system Switch A tolight Switehi sirene ksneei erect nees oneer 2 22 Fogi light SWiItOR ic cesccssscces ceseetsecesccaseresereccs 2 25 Hazard warning flasher switch 0 2 25 Headlight aiming control 2 23 Headlight SWitCh 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeeteeteeeeeeneeeees 2 21 Ignition knob Intelligent Key system 5 9 Ignition switch except Intelligent Key SYSTEMI een este eae oa dane eE ENESES 5 8 Ignition switch automatic transmission models Power door lock switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWO eea a a connsracsucecsts 2 20 Snow mode SWI GR sorserien iuie 2 27 T r SignalSWICH ccsccssecccsiecccacestesteccaiescs 2 25 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature UGG siseasi nendi ctense
8. Rear side marker light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 HEADLIGHTS Replacing If replacement is required see an INFINITI dealer Xenon headlight bulb AA WARNING A HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble the headlight assembly Always have your xenon headlights re placed at an INFINITI dealer For addi tional information see Headlight and turn signal switch in the 2 Instru ments and controls section 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself Front turn signal Clearance Daytime running light Front side marker light Front fog light Rear combination light Tail Stop Turn signal lights Side marker light Back up light License plate light High mounted stop light Map light Ceiling light if so equipped Rear personal light Step light Luggage roof side light Vanity mirror light if so equipped See an INFINITI dealer for replacement EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Wattage W Bulb No MDI0006 Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover Front side marker light Clearance light Turn signal light S Front clearance light Daytime running light Canada SDI1527 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 Rear personal light Luggage roof side
9. The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or dashboard The supplemental front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the air bag module during inflation The air bag will deflate quickly after the colli sion is over After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational AA WARNING e Do not place any objects on the steer ing wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steer ing wheel or instrument panel Such objects may become dangerous pro jectiles and cause injury if the supple mental front air bag inflates Right after inflation several air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental front air bag sys tem This is to prevent accidental inflation of the air bag or damage to the air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or front end structure This could affect
10. There is an OFF position in between LOCK and ACC although it does not show on the lock cylinder When the ignition is in OFF the steering wheel is not locked In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 6 of a turn counter clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the ignition knob to the LOCK position To unlock the steering wheel push the ignition knob in and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left If the battery of the vehicle equipped with the Intelligent Key system is discharged the ignition knob cannot be turned from the LOCK position even using the mechanical key or valet key 5 10 Starting and driving WARNING Never turn the ignition knob to the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage and or personal injury IGNITION KNOB POSITIONS Push in the ignition knob to the B range when you turn it LOCK Normal parking position The ignition knob can only be locked in the position The ignition knob will be unlocked when it is pushed in and turned to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key ACC Accessories O This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position This position turns o
11. c Push then quickly release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set Starting and driving 5 17 speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the RES ACCEL set switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h 5 18 Starting and driving INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM if so equipped The Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system automatically maintains a selected distance from the vehicle in front of you according to that vehicle s speed or at the set speed if the road ahead is clear The ICC function has two cruise control modes Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode for maintaining a selected distance be tween a vehicle and a conventional fixed speed cruise control mode for cruising at preset speeds Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode E pee ACCEL RES COAST SET OFF cians CANCEL Conventional fixed speed cruise 1 control mode ACCEL RES CRUISE COAST SET a PUSH amp HOLD CANCEL SSD0334 HOW TO CHANGE THE INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL MODE When you push the ON OFF switch you can choose the cruise control mode between the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode and the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode When you push the ON OFF switch quickly the vehicle to vehicle distance control m
12. push button refer to page 4 8 5 DAY NIGHT brightness control button re fer to page 4 12 6 SETTING button refer to page 4 9 9 PREV previous button refer to page 4 8 10 TRIP drive computer button refer to page 4 12 HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND ENTER BUTTON Choose an item on the display using the joystick and push the ENTER button for operation HOW TO USE PREV BUTTON This has two functions e Go back to the previous display cancel If you touch PREV button during setup the setup will be canceled and or the display will return to the previous screen e Finish setup If you touch this button after the setup is completed the setup will start over and the display will return to the climate control or Audio mode and Navigation screen SETTING UP START UP SCREEN When you turn the ignition switch to ACC the SYSTEM START UP warning is displayed on the screen Read the warning and select the AGREE English or ENTER Fran ais key then push the ENTER button 4 8 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems If you do not push the ENTER button this system will not proceed to the next step dis play If you do not touch the button or screen key for more than 1 minute on the TRIP SETTING or START UP screen the screen will change to TRIP screen automatically To proceed to the next step refer to the separate Navig
13. Cover the battery with an old sonal injury cloth to reduce explosion hazard 4 Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated gt gt gt 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles to bring their bat teries into close proximity to each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch In case of emergency 6 9 AA CAUTION MRE e Always connect positive to posi tive and negative to body i Vehicle being ground for example strut mounting zi jump started bolt etc not to the battery e Make sure that cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compart ment and that clamps do not contact any other metal Booster cable connecting order O 5 Start the engine of the other vehicle and let CHUM Or a TEMES 7 After starting your engine carefully discon 6 Keep the engine speed of the other vehicle nect the negative cable and then the posi at about 2 000 rpm and start your engine in tive cable the normal manner 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover A CAUTION the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid Do not keep starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 6 10 In case of emergency PUSH STARTING Do not attempt to start the engine by pu
14. If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire belt assembly should be replaced Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 31 CHILD RESTRAINTS SSS0269 PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS WARNING e Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the ve hicle Failure to use a child restraint can result in serious injury or death e infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe acci dent The child could be crushed be tween the adult and parts of the ve hicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and your self Never install a rear facing child re straint in the front seat An inflating supplemental air bag could seriously injure or kill your child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems e INFINITI recommends that the child restraint be installed in the rear
15. Rear right passenger side SIC2180 POWER WINDOWS AA WARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before clos ing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position and for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position If the drivers door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver side switches will open or close all the windows Passenger side PULL UP to close S a 7 PUSH DOWN 1C2152 The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open or close the window hold the switch down or up Locking passenger s windows When the lock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to cancel Instruments and controls 2 35 Main switch OPEN Automatically close open 1C2181 Automatic operation For front door windows or for all door
16. Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance After waxing polishing is recommended to remove built up residue and to avoid a weathered appearance If you wish to wax your vehicle only use a wax specified for use over clear coats such as Nissan Liquid or Spray Wax Your INFINITI dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product e Wax your vehicle only after a thorough washing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish e lf the surface does not polish easily use a road tar remover and wax again Machine compounding or aggressive pol ishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust in sects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting dam age or staining Special cleaning products are available at your INFINITI dealer or any auto motive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing underbody and suspension corrosion Before the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass su
17. Starting and driving 5 39 BREAK IN SCHEDULE During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km 5 40 Starting and driving INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed will lower fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Maintain a safe distance behind other ve hicles Use a proper gear range which suits road conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as possible Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated at the correct pres sure Low pressure will increase tire wear and waste fuel Keep the front wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment will cause not only tire wear but also lower fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Us
18. To clean the front cup holder pull up the inside tray and remove it Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop 2 32 Instruments and controls CONSOLE BOX WARNING The center console box should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation To open the console box pull up To use the trays push and open the covers Pull forward then the lid covers slide to be used as armrests 1C2150 Instruments and controls 2 33 e Be sure to secure hooks into the retainers The cargo restrained in the net must not exceed 30 Ib 13 6 kg or the net may not stay secured 049 099 09 6 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 00 SRR ROKK Me 30MM F050 4 0 RRR ROR IO HORII AERRRKKR KKK KKK KR RRR NN ESSER RRR IRI KIO OL SS ae SIC2154 SIC2151 CARD HOLDER CARGO NET if so equipped To use the card holder slide your card in The cargo net helps keep packages in the after lowering the sun visor cargo area from moving around while your vehicle is driven To install the cargo net attach the hooks to the retainers AA WARNING e Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting 2 34 Instruments and controls WINDOWS Main switch Lock button PUSH Driver side DOWN PULL UP to open to a 7 Rear left DE k S en aK S gt C door es ee lock switch ee Front passenger side ge
19. Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures are not covered by INFINITI warranties An INFINITI Trailer Towing Guide U S only containing in formation on trailer towing ability and the special equipment required may be obtained from an INFINITI dealer Tongue load Keep the tongue load between 9 to 11 of the total trailer load within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following Towing Load Specifications Chart If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load 9 18 Technical and consumer information lS 77 2 77 A ae vehicle weight Gross axle weight T11012M Maximum gross vehicle weight maximum gross axle weight The gross vehicle weight of the towing vehicle must not exceed GVWR shown on the F M V S S certification label The gross ve hicle weight equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear gross axle weight must not exceed GAWR shown on the F M V S S certification label TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION CHART TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION CHART Unit Ib kg MODEL VQ35DE VK45DE WEIGHT a MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT 1 3 500 1 588 MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 350 159 GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING VQ35DE 8 000 3 629 VK45DE 8 100 3 674 RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT 2 Sway Control Device SCD
20. avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the pressure for all four tires Adjust the pressure to the COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the tire pressure and the low tire pressure warning system will not be functioning nor will their lights illuminate Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as pos sible for tire replacement and or sys tem resetting e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pres sure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions below Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the selector lever in P Park position 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a sa
21. 0 c eee 4 26 Fog light switch an 2225 Front power seat adjustment eeeeeee 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel IWDNICANTS cSt ele eMedia at 9 2 filler cap fee ETA leria messa e terme erect 3 27 FUCICCONOMY sircnrssciica esiasio ees 5 40 Fuel octane rating sinicure 9 3 Fuel recommendation cecceeceeereeeeeeee 9 3 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal WHANSCOIVER iiaeaoee aiant EERDE DERE 2 40 ETERO l o DE E E castes leas 3 27 letele a E T 2 3 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Fuel Gauge yuanes 2 5 Odometef ix Bore tee eet tients 2 4 SPCCCOMECUEL arrire iine 2 4 AGH OME inana aa oia 2 4 General maintenance cceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 8 2 GIOVE DOK i isins eao ea 2 32 GIOVE Dox TOCK isenana in ideae 2 32 H Hazard warning flasher Switch 2 25 Head restraints serryn 1 6 Headlights AIMING CONMUOl iisseesesrisosss sressrsectirssuasien Bulb replacement Headlight switch Xenon headlights we 2 20 Headphones See Infiniti mobile entertainment SYSTE Peedi Meuse Sr eee aan eel Ss 4 37 HEaLEd SOLS inina 2 26 Heater Engine coolant heater eeeeeeeeeees 5 49 Heater and air conditioner automatic 4 18 HomeLink Universal Transceiver Hood release eeeeeeceeeeeeeeceeeteeeeereeneeeaeeees FIOM Sseseed sssnetieav ranteesi aa eaa iea Yea a eE KEES How to stop alarm Vehicle security SYSTEMS iraire ae ea Tesee T SA T E 2 17 l Igniti
22. AA WARNING e Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or to get caught in the cooling fan or drive belt e The engine cooling fan can start at any time when the coolant tempera ture is high 7 After the engine cools down check the coolant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle re paired at the nearest INFINITI dealer If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your INFINITI Warranty Informa tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance D Card for the toll free number to call U S or IN FINITI Warranty Information Booklet Canada 6 12 In case of emergency TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instruc tions are available from an INFINITI dealer Local service operators are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to pre vent accidental damage to your vehicle INFINITI recommends having a service opera tor tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck CAUTION e When towing
23. Average Speed TRIP 2 Elapsed Time Driving Distance Average Speed FUEL ECONOMY Average Fuel Economy Distance to Empty MAINTENANCE Engine Oil The Rotation and Tire Pressure if so equipped OFF 4 12 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Elapsed Time 0 01 17 Driving Distance Average Speed Trip 1 trip 2 and fuel economy items To reset the TRIP 1 TRIP 2 and FUEL ECONOMY select the RESET key using the joystick and push the ENTER button or push the TRIP button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds FUEL ECONOMY Average Fuel Economy Fuel Economy MAINTENANCE ENGINE OIL Driving Distance a 0 3 750 7 500 miles Maintenance Schedule lt 4 000 miles gt Display Maintenance Notification Caras m 0 3 750 7 500 7 miles Tire Pressure Distance to Empty miles go C Engine of 20 10 0 MPG SAA0728 SAA0828 SAA0698 Maintenance items You can set the engine oil and the tire rotation interval And the tire pressure will appear on the screen if the tire pressure system is equipped To display the setting of the maintenance interval select the Engine Oil or Tire Rota tion key using the joystick and push the ENTER button To set the maintenance interval select the Maintenance Schedule key by using the joy stick and move the joystick to right or left To reset
24. Back GOOT innia e y 3 25 Battery cies asice 8 17 Battery saver system ee 2 23 Battery replacement Intelligent Key system ee 3 8 3 20 Remote keyless entry system 3 8 3 20 Before starting the engine ee 5 11 Belts See drive belts c cece 8 18 Brake Anti lock brake system ABS 00 5 44 Brake assist for Intelligent cruise control SYSTEM 6 cnccersscecnsscestsscssiencsanancersatienascereccse 5 37 Brake DOOStChissicessiierctedianincian sects 8 23 Brake fluid essasi nen 8 15 Brake pedals onsrinrsciwaciei iani 8 22 Brake pedal check s sssesesrereerenrrersenees 8 22 Brake SYSUCM ccsscscestesdessccsensazsastcceanenncenancte 5 44 Parking brake check eeeereees 5 15 8 22 Parking brake operation 0 c ce 5 15 Warning light vx 2 10 Break in schedule 0 ce 5 40 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 24 Bulb check instrument panel 0 eee 2 9 Bulb replacement 2i0 cs scuesscee cease catered 8 27 Cc Cabin air feessie 4 21 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Car phone or CB radio 0 ee Card holder Cargo See vehicle loading information CargoNet srair r ele eal eel aks eats ts Cassette player See audio system Catalytic converter Three way catalyst CD care and cleaning ce ChildirestraiMt Sessie Installati
25. Never carry more people in the ve hicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a malfunction in the system Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer Once the pre tensioner seat belt has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the SS0134 retractor See your INFINITI dealer Removal and installation of the pre tensioner seat belt system compo nents should be done by an INFINITI dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any colli sion by your INFINITI dealer INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assem blies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was mi nor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use dur ing a collision should also be in spected and replaced if either dam age or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision Always follow the re straint manufacturer s inspection in structions and replacement recom mendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are dam aged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 23 CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They ne
26. OUTSIDE THF SAA0727 HOW TO USE MAINT Maintenance BUTTON Pushing the MAINT button will change the maintenance menu as follows ENGINE OIL TIRE ROTATION TIRE PRESSURE if so equipped To reset the driving distance push the MAINT button or TRIP RESET button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds To set the distance push the joystick to left or right Tire pressure information if so equipped Pressure indication in psi on the screen indicates that the pressure is being measured After a few driving trips the pressure for each tire will be displayed randomly The order of tire pressure figures displayed on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s traveling condi tion and the temperature In case of low tire pressure a message FLAT TIRE or CHECK ALL TIRE is displayed on the screen FLAT TIRE very low tire air pressure WARNING When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the pressure of that tire will not be indicated and not be monitored by the low tire pressure warning system Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or sys tem resetting Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 5 OUTSIDE THF SAA0724 OUTSIDE THF SAA0725 HOW TO USE TRIP BU
27. TUNE Tuning AA WARNING The radio should not be tuned while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation To tune the radio push the RADIO TUNE button gt or lt q orturn the Tuning knob to right or left Use these buttons for manual tuning To move quickly through the channels hold either of the RADIO TUNE buttons down for more than 1 5 seconds PI SEEK SCAN tuning Push the SEEK button Pl or I for less than 1 5 seconds to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stops at the next broadcasting station Push the Pl or M SEEK button for more than 1 5 seconds to tune from low to high frequencies and stops at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SEEK button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station Station memory operations Eighteen 18 stations can be set for the FM AM and SAT band to the A B and C preset button 1 Choose preset channel A B or C using the preset select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button 3 Push and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 to 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 4 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is no
28. WITH PREVIEW FUNCTION for Intelligent Cruise Control System equipped models BRAKE ASSIST When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level the Brake Assist is activated and generates a greater braking force than that of a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force AA WARNING The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times PREVIEW FUNCTION When the Preview Function identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing the vehicle ahead in the same lane and the dis tance and relative speed from it it applies the brake pre pressure before the driver de presses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by reducing pedal free play clearances e This system will not operate when the ve Starting and driving 5 37 hicle is moving at approximately 20 MPH 32 km h or less e The pre pressure function ceases when the following conditions are met a When the driver depresses the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal b If the driver does not operate the accelera tor or brake pedal within approximately 1 second 5 38 Starting and driving SSD0338 e The sensor will not detect a Pedestrians or objects in the roadway b Oncoming vehicles in the same lane c Motorcycles or scooters trave
29. be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH All door locks will be engaged when the power door lock switch is moved to the LOCK posi tion with the driver s or front passenger s door open Then close the door and all doors will be locked Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locking helps prevent doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle When the lever is in the LOCK position the rear door can be opened only from the outside REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM models without Intelligent Key system It is possible to lock unlock all doors including the back door and fuel filler lid and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the key is not left in the vehicle The keyfob can operate at a distance of ap proximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the condi tions around the vehicle As many as 4 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the pur chase and use of additional k
30. cause discoloration There is a plastic cover over the cam era Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover Bumper SAAO666 HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Lines which indicate the vehicle clearance and distances to objects with reference to the bumper line are displayed on the monitor They are indicated as reference distances to objects Displayed lines indicate distances 1 5 feet red 3 feet yellow 7 feet green and 10 feet green 0 5 m red 1 m yellow 2 m green and 3 m green from the lower part of the bumper line The vehicle clearance lines are wider than the actual clearance Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 15 ADJUSTING THE SCREEN To adjust the quality of the screen refer to HOW TO USE THE SETTING BUTTON in this section e When it is difficult to see in the rearward direction due to shady conditions press the ENTER button to make objects in the monitor brighter e To change the brightness press the EN TER button again turn the key switch OFF or shift the reverse and wait for 10 seconds OPERATING TIPS e When the selector lever is shifted to R the display screen automatically changes to the rear view monitor mode However the radio can be heard e t may take some time for the rear view monitor to display after the selector lever has been shifted to R Objects may be distorted momentarily When the
31. distances to other objects The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Move the switch to right or left to select the right or left outside mirror then adjust MPA0008 Foldable outside mirrors Fold the outside mirrors by pushing them towards the rear of the vehicle AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER if so equipped The automatic drive positioner system has two features e Memory storage function e Entry exit function MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION Two positions for the drivers seat steering column and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory Follow these procedures to use the memory system Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 33 ne HIE SPA1624 1 Apply the parking brake and set the selec tor lever to the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition ON 3 Adjust the drivers seat steering column and outside mirrors to the desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch For additional information see seats in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental air bags section and Steering wheel and Outside mirrors ear lier in this section During this step do not turn the ignition to any positions other than ON 3 34 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Push the SET switch and within 5 seconds push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The indicat
32. e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoulder belt down to make sure it is securely fixed in position e The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems REAR CENTER SEAT BELT The rear center seat belt has a connector tongue 4 and a seat belt tongue 2 Both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely latched for proper seat belt operation Stowing rear center seat belt When folding down the rear seat the rear center seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position as follows 1 Release the connector tongue Q by insert ing a suitable tool such as key into the connector buckle 2 Fold the connector as illustrated 3 Then secure the connector tongue into the retractor base 8 in the ceiling SS50241 A WARNING my e Do not unfasten the rear center seat A WARNING belt connector except when folding 4 down the rear seat e Always fasten the connector tongue and the seat belt in the order shown yy e When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the e Always make sure both the connector seatbacks are completely secured in tongue and the seat belt tongue are SN the latched position
33. essary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands e Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel and the bat tery e On gasoline engine models with the Multiport Fuel Injection MFI System 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by an INFINITI dealer be cause the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off AA CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn off the engine and wait until it cools down Never connect or disconnect either the battery or any transistorized com ponent connector while the ignition key is on Never leave any engine or automatic transmission related component har ness connector disconnected while the ignition key is on Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can hurt the envi ronment Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is also available See Owners Manual Service Manual order information in the 9 Technical and consumer information section You should be aware that incomplete or im proper servicing may result in operating diffi culties or excessive emissi
34. located on the sensor Doing so could cause failure or malfunction If the sensor installation part is deformed due to an ac cident contact an INFINITI dealer e Do not attach a sticker including transpar ent material or install an accessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunction CONVENTIONAL FIXED SPEED CRUISE CONTROL MODE This mode allows driving at a speed between 25 to 90 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal AA WARNING e In the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode a warning buzzer does not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead as neither the presence of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle to vehicle distance is detected e Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur speed cruise control mode of the ICC system 5 ACCELERATE RESUME switch Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally 6 COAST SET switch Sets the desired cruise speed reduces speed incrementally 7 ON OFF switch Master switch to activate the system 8 CANCEL switch Deactivates the system without erasing the SSD0333 set speed Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode display and switch The display is located under the tachometer 1 Intelligent Cruise Control system display 2 ICC system warning light Orange The light comes on if there is a
35. misuse of the vehicle for which INFINITI is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking after run or overheating This in turn may cause excessive fuel consumption or damage to the engine If any of the above symptoms are encountered have your vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer or other competent service facility However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is no cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load API certification mark FOR GASOLINE ENGINES API service symbol ST10367 ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct quality and viscosity oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance INFINITI recommends the use of a low friction oil energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy and con serve energy Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Only those engine oils with the American Pe troleum Institute API certification mark on the front of the container should be used This type of oil supersedes the existing API SG SH or SJ and Energy Conserving amp Il categories If you cannot find engine oil with the API certification mark use an API grade SJ or S
36. mo o we 8 mo 5th Use this position for all normal forward driving m4 4th For driving up or down long slopes where engine braking would be advantageous me 3rd and y2 2nd Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades ml 1st Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades e Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than m4 range This reduces fuel economy e When shifting up move the selector lever to the up side Shifts to higher range e When shifting down move the selector lever to the down side Shifts to lower range e Moving the selector lever to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession However if this motion is rapidly done the second shifting may not be completed prop erly e In the manual shift mode the transmis sion automatically shifts down to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop When accelerating again it is necessary to shift up to the desired range e When canceling the manual shift mode return the selector lever to the D position The transmission returns to the normal driving mode e In the manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear This helps maintain driving performance and reduces the chance of vehicle dam age or loss of control Accelerator dow
37. straints later in this section SS0100 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 11 Do not lean against the door SSS0101 Do not lean against the door SS0188 AA WARNING Supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag e The supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The seat belts the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seat or rear outboard seats 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems to extend their hand out of the win dow or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding posi tions are shown in the previous illus trations When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the supplemental side air bag inflates you may be seriously in jured Be especially careful with c
38. tery always wear suitable eye protec tors for example goggles or indus trial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jew elry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it If the battery of vehicle equipped with the Intelligent Key system is dis charged the ignition knob cannot be moved from the LOCK position even using the mechanical key or the valet key Connect the jumper cables to another vehicle as in the case of a discharged battery and then the ignition knob can be moved from the LOCK position Then jump start the vehicle If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your INFINITI Warranty Informa tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance D Card for the toll free number to call U S or IN FINITI Warranty Information Booklet Canada VO35DE Vehicle being jump started Booster cable connecting order O 2 Apply parking brake Move the selector AA WARNING lever to the P Park position Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems light Always follow the instructions below heater alr conditioners ele Failure to do so could result in damage 3 Remove vent caps on the battery if so to the charging system and cause per equipped
39. the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For addi tional information refer to Programming HomeLink later in this section WARNING Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by fed eral safety standards These stan dards became effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then auto matically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety stan dards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death During programming your garage door or gate may open or close Make sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or gate that you are programming Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HomeLink To program your HomeLink Transceiver to operate a garage door gate or entry door opener home or office lighting you need to be at the same location as the device Note Garage door openers manufactured after 1996 have rolling code protection To pro gram a garage door opener equipped with rolling code protection you will need to use a ladder to get up to the garage door opener motor to be able to access th
40. vehicle to be moved if the battery is dis charged If the lever cannot be moved out of P Park have your INFINITI dealer check the automatic transmission system as soon as possible To apply Fully depress the parking brake pedal To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Depress the parking brake pedal and the parking brake will be released 3 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out Starting and driving 5 15 AA WARNING e Be sure the parking brake is fully released before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident e Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle e Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully en gaged e Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the park ing brake and cause an accident 5 16 Starting and driving CRUISE CONTROL AA WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driv ing under the following conditions e itis not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed e in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed e on winding or hilly roads e on slippery roads rain snow ice etc e in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL e If the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light on
41. vice may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device INFINITI recommends position 4 for the best radio reception Removing the antenna You can remove the antenna if necessary Hold the bottom of the antenna and remove by turning counterclockwise amp SAA0748 ANTENNA Placing the antenna You can adjust the antenna to three different positions manually CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your INFINITI be sure to observe the fol lowing cautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the Engine control sys tem and other electronic parts Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 43 4 44 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems MEMO Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 45 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 00 5 2 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide Three way CatalySt ee eeeseeseeeeseeeeeereneeeees On pavement and offroad driving precautions 5 3 Low tire pressure warning system if so EQUIPPA jidra Avoiding collision and rollover Drinking alcohol drugs and driving Driving safety precautions 0 0 0 0 eee Ignition switch except Intelligent Key system 5 8 KOY DOSINONS een ice aact
42. ways you could be injured Whenever you drive off road through sand mud or water as deep as the wheel hub more frequent mainte nance may be required See the main tenance schedule in the INFINITI Ser vice and Maintenance Guide Do not drive continuously on sandy or muddy roads with the rear wheels spinning The AWD warning light blinks and the driving mode changes to 2WD This could reduce traction force remarkably Be especially care ful when towing a trailer AWD mod els A vehicle equipped with AWD AIl Wheel Drive should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment Make sure you in form test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in transmission damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle dam age or personal injury Never operate the accelerator pedal with any wheels raised and the other wheels on the ground while jacking up or with any wheels on a roller and the other wheels on the ground Oth erwise the vehicle could lurch for ward or backward AWD models When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevel surface do not spin the wheel excessively AWD models When the vehicle is on a free roller or the front or rear wheels are jacked up do not start the engine The vehicle
43. 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain side impact air bags and or pre tensioner seat belt may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest authorized INFINITI dealer AA WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemen tal front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to your self or others have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain side impact air bags and pre tensioner seat belt are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder un less it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after infla tion has occurred Repair and replacement of these systems should be done only by an INFINITI dealer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the supplemental front air bags side air bags curtain air bags related parts and pre tensioner seat belt should be pointed out to the person conducting the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK po
44. 880178 HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT Adjust the head restraints so the center is level with the center of your ears To raise the head restraint just pull it up To lower push the lock knob and push the head restraint down 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems SPA1025 ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT front seats AA WARNING e Always adjust the head restraints properly as specified in the previous section Failure to do so can reduce the effectiveness of the active head restraint e Active head restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems Always wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in any acci dent e Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks Doing so could im pair active head restraint function The head restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the oc cupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occu pant s head by reducing its backward move ment and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active head restraints are effective for colli sions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active head restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust the active head restraints as described i
45. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the responsibility for safety of yourself and others rests in the hands of the driver Tire type and condition of tires may also affect braking effectiveness e When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels e When installing a spare tire make sure it is the proper size and type as specified on the tire placard See Ve hicle identification in the 9 Techni cal and consumer information sec tion for tire placard location Starting and driving 5 45 VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM When accelerating or driving on slippery sur faces the tires may spin or slide With the vehicle dynamic control VDC system sen sors detect these movements and control the braking and engine output to help improve vehicle stability e When the vehicle dynamic control VDC system is operating the slip indicator in the instrument panel blinks e When only the traction control TCS sys tem portion of the vehicle dynamic control system is operating the slip indicator will also blink e lf the slip indicator blinks the road condi tions are slippery Be sure to adjust your speed and driving to these conditions Be sure to drive carefully See Slip indicator light and Vehicle dynamic control off in dicator light in the 2 Instruments and controls section e Indicator light If a malfunction
46. In freezing temperatures the washer so lution may freeze on the rear window glass and obscure your vision Warm the rear window glass with the defroster before you wash 2 20 Instruments and controls REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH Ca SIC2139 To defog defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors start the engine and push the switch on Q The indicator light will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes AA CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS WARNING A HIGH voLTacE e When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xenon headlights replaced at an INFINITI dealer Xenon headlights provide consider ably more light than conventional headlights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncoming driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your ve hicle to an INFINITI dealer and have the headlights adjusted correctly When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabi
47. Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it e Push and hold the COAST SET switch The set vehicle speed will decrease by approxi mately 5 MPH 5 km h for Canada e Push then quickly release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by approximately 1 MPH 1 km h for Canada To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h 5 30 Starting and driving ACCEL RES COAST SET ON OFF gt SSD0319 How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected at any time depending on the traffic conditions Each time the DISTANCE switch is pressed the set distance will change to long medium short and back to long again in that sequence Distance Display 60 MPH 100 km h ft m 7 mi MPH DILI 195 60 Bane Long Approximate distance at SSD0329 e The distance to the vehicle ahead will change according to the vehicle speed The higher the vehicle speed the longer the distance e lf the engine is stopped the set distance becomes long Each time the engine is started the initial setting becomes long Approach warning If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to large deceleration
48. Restart the engine using the following procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat step 1 and 2 again 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered INFINITI Ve hicle Immobilizer System key If this procedure allows the engine to start INFINITI recommends placing the registered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices IGNITION KNOB models with the Intelligent Key System The ignition lock is designed so that the igni tion knob cannot be turned to LOCK and removed until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position When turning the ignition knob make sure the selector lever is in the P position If the selector lever is not returned to the P position the ignition knob cannot be moved toward LOCK When the ignition knob cannot be turned to ward the LOCK position while keeping the Intelligent Key proceed as follows 1 Move the selector lever into the P position Starting and driving 5 9 2 Turn the ignition knob slightly in the ON direction 3 Turn the key toward the LOCK position The selector lever can be moved from P position if the ignition knob is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is de pressed
49. The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot 4 30 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems and start playing To insert the disc first push the LOAD button After loading the disc the number of tracks on the disc and the play time will appear on the display If the radio or tape is already operating it will automatically turn off and the compact disc will play CAUTION Do not force the compact disc into the slot This could damage the player If the system has been turned off while the compact disc was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the com pact disc LOAD button To insert a CD in the CD changer push the LOAD button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading slot by pushing the CD insert select button 1 to 6 then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer push the LOAD button for more than 1 5 seconds The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on the display weeny PLAY When the CD REAR AV button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded in the CD changer the CD changer or the rear INFINITI mobile entertainment system if so equipped will start to play Pushing the CD REAR AV button changes operations alternately as follows CD DVD CD When the CD REAR AV button is pushed with the CD loaded with another audio source playing the other source will automatically be turne
50. Ve hicle Immobilizer System key If this procedure allows the engine to start INFINITI recommends placing the registered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE e Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear e Maintenance items should be checked pe riodically e g each time you check engine oil e Check that all windows and lights are clean e Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation e Lock all doors e Position seat and adjust head restraints e Adjust inside and outside mirrors e Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise e Check the operation of warning lights when key is turned to the ON 3 position STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the selector lever to P Park or N Neutral P preferred The starter is designed not to operate if the selector lever is in one of the driving positions 3 Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure e If the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it then crank the engine Release the key and the ac
51. WARNING e The vehicle dynamic control system is designed to help improve driving stabil ity but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery sur faces and always drive carefully e If engine related parts such as muffler are not standard equipment or are ex tremely deteriorated the vehicle dy namic control off indicator light and slip indicator light may come on e Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars and bushings are not INFINITI approved for your vehicle or are extremely dete riorated the vehicle dynamic control system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance and the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light may come on If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not stan dard equipment or are extremely dete riorated the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked cor ners the vehicle dynamic control system may not operate properly and the vehicle dynamic control off indi cator light may come on Do not drive on these types of roads If wheels or tires other than the recom mended ones are used the vehicle dy namic
52. and con nect the arcs to form ovals Mark the point in the center of each oval These are the pilot drilling locations Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0 39 inch 10 mm drill bit at the marked loca tions Be sure that the drill only goes through the fascia or damage to the nut may occur 5 Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia 6 Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grommet hole to add 90 turn onto the part Insert a J nut into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia 8 Install the license plate bracket with screws 9 Install the license plate with bolts that are no longer than 0 55 inch 14 mm VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AA WARNING e Itis extremely dangerous to ride ina cargo area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle e Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment fluids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not include passengers and cargo e GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plu
53. belt is allowed to wind back into the retractor the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled the seat belt only locks during a sudden stop or impact 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems Rear facing Outboard Rear facing When you install a child restraint in a rear outboard or center seat follow these steps 1 Position the child restraint on the seat The direction of the child restraint depends on the type of the child restraint and the size of the child Always follow the restraint manu facturer s instructions Rear facing Center INSERT to fasten SSS0046 Rear facing Pull to engage automatic locking mode SSS0258 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this time the belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It reverts back to emergency locking mode when the belt is fully retracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 37 Rear facing PULL to tighten Check for a secure fit SS0259 SSS0260 Rear facing 4 Allow the belt to retract Pull up on the belt 5 to remove any
54. change the radio fre quency Seek tuning radio Push the tuning switch vy or A for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio station APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW tape and CD Push the tuning switch wy or A for less 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present program or skip to the next program Push several times to skip back or skip through programs This system searches for the blank intervals between selections If there is a blank interval within one program or there is no interval between programs the system may not stop in the desired or expected location FF REW tape or CD Push the tuning switch y or N for more than 1 5 seconds to rewind or fast forward the tape or to change the playing disc up or down To stop the FF or REW function press the w or A_ button for less than 1 5 seconds again Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 33 INFINITI MOBILE ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM MES if so equipped AA CAUTION e The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass breaks do not touch the liquid crystalline mate rial which contains a small amount of mercury In case of contact with skin wash immediately with soap and wa ter e Use a damp soft cloth when cleaning SAA0716 the Mobile Entertainment System components Do not use solvents or cleaning solutions AA WARNING l e D
55. could lurch forward AWD models Starting and driving 5 7 IGNITION SWITCH except Intelligent Key system OFF SSD0083F The ignition lock is designed so that the key cannot be turned to LOCK and removed until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition make sure the selector lever is in the P Park position If the selector lever is not returned to P Park position the key cannot be moved toward LOCK When the key cannot be turned toward the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 5 8 Starting and driving 1 Move the selector lever into the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition key slightly in the ON direction 3 Turn the key toward the LOCK position 4 Remove the key If the key is removed from the ignition switch the selector lever cannot be moved from P Park position The selector lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is de pressed There is an OFF position in between LOCK and ACC although it does not show on the lock cylinder When the ignition is in OFF the steering wheel is not locked In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 6 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating
56. do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on The flasher can be actuated with the ignition switch either off or on 2 26 Instruments and controls HORN 1C2143 HEATED SEATS if so equipped For passenger side seat Front Indicator light SIC1966 For driver side seat To sound the horn push around the horn marks of the steering wheel AA WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious per sonal injury The front seats are warmed by built in heaters The switches located on the center console can be operated independently of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Select heat range e For low heat press the lt gt Low side of the switch e For high heat press the gt High side of the switch e Forno heat the switch has a center OFF position between low and high The indicator light in the switch will illumi nate when low or high is selected The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on w When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch to the off position center SNOW MODE SWITCH OFF SNOW ON SSD0351 For driving or sta
57. e Use NAVIGATION KEYS to navigate within the display menu and use ENTER to select the item e Holding the DISPLAY control on the face plate for longer than approximately 2 sec onds while in the display menu will reset the display characteristics to their nominal val ues Faceplate feature only If the DISPLAY control button on the faceplate is pushed for more than 2 seconds the media track time information will be displayed along the bottom of the display Pushing the DIS PLAY control for more than 2 seconds will remove the media track time information from the display Faceplate feature only NAVIGATION KEYS If media is in PLAY mode activation of the NAVIGATION KEYS Up Down Left and Right will perform the following functions next chapter track previous chapter track fast re verse and fast forward and the display will show pl q and lt q pp respec tively in the upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds Faceplate feature only If media is in PAUSE mode activation of the NAVIGATION KEYS Up down and Right will perform the following functions next chapter track previous chapter track and slow forward and the display will show lt and p respectively in the upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds Faceplate fea ture only If media is in activated MENU mode the NAVIGATION KEYS will be used to navigate Up Down Left and Right within the menu If display control menu is on t
58. except the ON position 3 Push the door handle request switch again within 5 seconds e All doors and the fuel filler lid unlock e The hazard indicator flashes once and door buzzer sounds once if all doors are com pletely closed All doors will be locked automatically after pressing the unlocking button unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute e any door is opened e the ignition knob is pushed e the mechanical key or the valet key is inserted into the ignition knob The interior light ceiling light if so equipped and step light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignition switch to the ON position or by locking the doors OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS e To open the windows push the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key for about 3 seconds or turn the driver s door key lock with the metal key to the rear of the vehicle for about 2 seconds after the door is unlocked To stop opening release the UNLOCK button or turn the key to the neutral posi tion e To close the windows turn the driver s door key lock to the front of the vehicle for about 2 seconds after the door is locked To stop closing turn the key to the neutral position The door windows will open or close while turning the metal key This function will oper ate after the ignition switch is off and 45 seconds have passed or till either of the front doors is opened OPERATING THE ENG
59. for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 17 Pre tensioner seat belt system For front seats AA WARNING e The pre tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after activation It must be replaced together with the retractor as a unit e If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but the pre tensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if necessary replaced by your INFINITI dealer e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre tensioner seat belt system This is to prevent accidental activa tion of the pre tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre tensioner seat belt operation Tampering with the pre tensioner seat belt system may result in serious personal injury e Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by an INFINITI dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by an INFINITI dealer Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing de vices should not be used on the pre tensioner seat belt system e If you need to dispose of the pre tensioner or scrap the vehicle con tact an INFINITI dealer Correct pre tensioner disposal procedures are set f
60. gauge 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specification shown on the Tire and Loading Information label 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires includ ing the spare Refer to the Wheels and tires section SDI1575 TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall P215 60R16 94H P 215 6 R 16 94 H tttttt t 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SDI1606 Tire size example P215 60R16 94H 1 P The P indicates the tire is designed for passenger vehicles Not all tires have this information 2 Three digit number 215 This number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge 3 Two digit number 60 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 R The R stands for radial 5 6 Two digit number 16 T
61. get this menu to come up The VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS screen will appear when selecting the Vehicle Electronic Systems key with the joystick and pushing the ENTER button You can set the various electronic systems operating conditions To set an operating condition select the appli cable item using the joystick and push the ENTER button The indicator light alternately turns on and off each time the ENTER button is pressed Indicator light is illuminated ON Indicator light is not illuminated OFF Adjust driver seat when exiting vehicle if so equipped The driver s seat automatically moves back and returns to the original position for excep tional ease of exit and entry 4 10 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Lift steering column when exiting vehicle if so equipped The steering column automatically tilts up and returns to the original position for exceptional ease of entry and exit Selective door unlock if Intelligent Key is equipped Remote unlock driver s door first This key can switch the unlock doors of the 1st unlocking operation as follows ON Only the driver side door OFF All the doors ON Only the request switch pressed door OFF All the doors Keyless remote response Horn This key changes the horn chirp mode occur ring when pressing the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key or keyfob Keyless rem
62. hazard indicator flash mode occurring when pressing the LOCK or UNLOCK button on the keyfob If you change the horn chirp or the lamp flash with the keyfob or the Intelligent Key the mode may not be changed with the display Use the keyfob or the Intelli gent Key to return the mode Auto re lock time The length of auto door re lock time can be set Select the Auto Re Lock time key then 4 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems move the joystick to adjust the time Auto headlamp sensitivity if so equipped Automatic light illumination can be set as de sired Select the Sensitivity of Automatic Head lights key then move the joystick to the left lower or right higher Auto headlamp off delay if so equipped You can control how long it takes the auto matic turn off timer to extinguish the headlights in AUTO position Select the Automatic Headlamp Off Delay key then move the joystick to the left or right to adjust the timer Speed sensing wiper interval This key turns on and off the driving speed dependent intermittent wiper function Confirm reset settings To display the Confirm Reset Settings push the Reset All Settings key When this key is selected and turned on using the ENTER button all settings made by PERSONALIZED SETTINGS will return to the initial conditions OUTSIDE THF TIAE PRESSURE xx KK x XxPSI CHECK ALL TIRE
63. hicles with restricted tire to vehicle clear ance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE stan dard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains e Do not use tire chains on dry roads e Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress For all wheel drive If you install snow tires they must also be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your ve hicle Use chain tensioners when recom mended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to pre vent the possibility of whipping action dam age to the fenders or underbody If pos sible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle drifts may be damaged and or vehicle handling i and performance may be adversely af extra window washer fluid to refill the res fected ervoir tank SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recomm
64. in the 6 In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the tire pressure will not be indicated and the low tire pressure warning system will not function Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replace ment and or system resetting e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pres sure sensors AA CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the low tire pressure warning sys tem will not function properly FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AA WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed
65. is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the paz position If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illuminate The daytime running lights illu 2 24 Instruments and controls minate once the parking brake is released The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is turned off The daytime running light may come on after turning the key to the OFF position and imme diately turning it to the ON position This is not a malfunction The daytime running light will be turned off when the headlight switch is turned to the AUTO or 2g position The daytime running light will remain on until the ignition switch is turned to the ACC or OFF position Turn the fog light switch to the p position to turn the fog light ON when driving at night if necessary AA WARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others 1C2140 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when the light switch is in the g0 position paz Or To adjust the brightness of instrument panel lights press the control switches located on the left side of the meter panel Pressing the up
66. left in the vehicle The LOCK UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the condi tions around the vehicle As many as 4 Intelligent Key can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Key contact your INFINITI dealer The lock and unlock buttons on the Intelligent Key will not operate when e the Intelligent Key is too far away from the vehicle e the Intelligent Key battery runs down After locking with the remote control entry function pull the door handle to make sure the doors are securely locked The operating range varies depending on the environment To securely operate the lock and unlock buttons approach the vehicle to about 1 m 3 ft from the door The panic alarm will not activate when the mechanical key or the valet key is in the ignition knob How to use remote keyless entry system Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle The hazard indicator and horn mode also Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 can be changed with vehicle electronic systems on the monitor See 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the h
67. located on the garage door openers motor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to remove the lens to access the program button NOTE Once you have pressed and released the program button on the garage door open er s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 Use the help of a second person for convenience to assist when performing this step 7 Quickly within 30 seconds of pressing and releasing the garage door opener program 2 42 Instruments and controls button firmly press and release the HomeLink button you ve just pro grammed Press and release the HomeLink button up to three times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be programmed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step one unless you want to clear all previously programmed HomeLink buttons If you have any questions or are having diffi culty programming your HomeLink buttons please refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 662 6200 PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting af ter 2 seconds To program your hand h
68. make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard 2 16 Instruments and controls SECURITY SYSTEMS 1C2133 SIC2153 Your vehicle has two types of security sys tems as follows e Vehicle Security System e INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if parts of the vehicle are disturbed How to activate the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be activated even if the windows are open 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close and lock all doors and the hood Lock all doors by pressing the LOCK button on the keyfob the Intelligent Key or press ing the front door handle request switch or turning the door key When using the re mote keyless entry the hazard indicators will operate as shown in Remote keyless entry system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 4 Confirm that the SECURITY indicator light comes on The SECURITY indicator light glows for about 30 seconds and then blinks The system is now activated If during this 30 second time period the door is unlocked by the key or the remote key less entry or the ignition key is tur
69. make sure that the transmission axles steering system and power train are in working condi tion If any unit is damaged dollies must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your INFINITI Warranty Informa tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance D Card for the toll free number to call U S or IN FINITI Warranty Information Booklet Canada For information about towing your vehicle be hind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual SCE0451 Two wheel drive models TOWING RECOMMENDED BY INFINITI Two wheel drive models INFINITI recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated CAUTION e Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels When towing rear wheel drive models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi tion and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a
70. make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park mecha nism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure it has the proper distance under it when depressed fully Check the brake booster function Be sure to keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Clutch pedal Make sure the pedal operates smoothly and check that it has the proper free play Parking brake Check that the lever has the proper travel and confirm that your vehicle is 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself held securely on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to en sure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks if so equipped hold se curely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system For example buckles anchors ad justers and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt webbing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for cha
71. malfunction in the ICC system 3 ON OFF switch indicator light Green Indicates that the ON OFF switch is ON 4 Cruise set switch indicator light The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the conventional fixed Starting and driving 5 35 ACCEL RES COAST SET OFF apane PUSH amp CD HOLD CANCEL SD0335 Operating conventional fixed speed cruise control mode To turn on the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode push and hold the ON OFF switch for longer than about 1 5 sec onds When pushing the ON OFF switch on the Intelligent Cruise Control system display and the CRUISE indicator light Green in the in strument cluster come on After you hold the ON OFF switch on for longer than about 1 5 seconds the Intelligent Cruise Control system display goes out The CRUISE indicator keeps lighting You can now set your desired cruising 5 36 Starting and driving speed Pushing the ON OFF switch again will turn the system completely off When the ignition switch is turned off the system is also automatically turned off To use the Intelligent Cruise Control again push the ON OFF switch vehicle to vehicle distance control mode or push and hold it conven tional cruise control mode again to turn it on AA CAUTION To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control make sure to turn the ON OFF switch off when not using the Intelligent Cruise Control To
72. minute of pressing the UNLOCK but ton e any door is opened e the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The interior light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignition switch to the ON position or by locking the doors with the keyfob Opening the windows Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob The driver s door will unlock Continue to press the UNLOCK button for 3 seconds The door windows will be lowered Continue to press the UNLOCK button until windows are fully open To stop lowering the windows release the UNLOCK button Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 To start lowering the windows press the UN LOCK button again for more than 3 seconds The rear door windows will operate 0 5 sec onds after the front windows operation if so equipped Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threat ened you may activate the alarm to call atten tion as follows 1 Push the PANIC button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 seconds with the key removed from the ignition key cylinder 2 The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 30 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e It has run for 30 seconds or e The LOCK or the UNLOCK button is pressed or e The PANIC button is pushed on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 seconds 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments OPEN Suitable tool _ ag the batt side up PRSES
73. n 1 24 Injured persons 1 25 Larger children 0 0 1 24 Pre tensioner seat belt system 1 18 Precautions on seat belt usage 0 1 21 PreQnanit WOMEN cascescansesiessasansescansascaneasee 1 25 Rear center seat belt 0 c cee 1 28 Seat belt CleaMiING csacsi saccstceesstsecastaesastaacaets 7 4 Seat belt extenders Seat belt maintenance ee 1 31 SEAL DEMS css cdavss Leuscesdevesadsevalsseiacsecscessundces 1 21 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 28 Three point type with retractor 1 25 Seat s Driver Side Memory c ccceeeeeeeeee 3 33 Heated S ats 2i csseeieanecndneieeeis 2 26 Security system Vehicle security system 2 16 Security systems Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start sisrsssssrsrssrrssssirensiszssssis 2 17 Security systems See vehicle security SYSIOM caern eri T aniaeiies 2 16 Servicing air conditioner 4 18 4 21 Shift lock release ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeee 5 15 Shift lock release CVT cece cceeeeseeeeeeeeeee 5 15 Shifting Automatic transmission 06 5 12 Shoulder belt height adjustment For front SOAS ni niii ea E 1 28 Side air bag system See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system Spark plugs oe Speedometer sorrir raer os S 2 4 Starting Before starting the engine 5 11 JUMP S AM ririn Precautions when starting and driving
74. not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage Aftermarket fuel additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of any fuel additives i e fuel injector cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips In most parts of North America you should use unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 or 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number However you may use unleaded gasoline with an octane rating as low as 85 AKI number in these high altitude areas over 4 000 ft 1 219 m such as Colorado Montana New Mexico Utah Wyoming northeastern Nevada south ern Idaho western South Dakota western Nebraska and that part of Texas which is directly south of New Mexico Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than stated above can cause 9 4 Technical and consumer information persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have your dealer correct the condi tion Failure to correct the condition is
75. nuts Tighten if necessary Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If necessary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the specified pressure Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire rotation Sedan The tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km to minimize tire wear variation Coupe The tires cannot be rotated Tire wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regu lar basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing periodic maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and
76. occurs in the system the SLIP and WE indicator lights come on in the meter panel As long as these indicator lights are on the traction control function is canceled The VDC system uses a Brake Limited Slip Differential LSD system to improve vehicle 5 46 Starting and driving traction The brake LSD system works when one of the driving wheels is spinning on a slippery surface The brake LSD system brakes the spinning wheel which distributes the driving power to the other drive wheel If the vehicle is operated with the vehicle dy namic control system turned off all VDC and TCS functions will be turned off The brake LSD system and ABS will still operate with the VDC system off If the brake LSD system or the ABS is activated the slip indicator light will blink and you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is also normal and indicates the brake fluid pressure is controlled properly While the VDC system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction A
77. of the following operations then push the left hand side of the lid e Press the unlock button on the keyfob or Intelligent Key twice e Press the drivers door handle request switch once e Insert the metal key into the door lock cylinder and turn the door key clockwise twice Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 SPA1622 FUEL FILLER CAP The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Tighten the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while refueling AA WARNING e Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seri 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments ously injured if it is misused or mis handled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refuel ing Fuel may be under pressure Turn the cap a third of a turn and wait for any hissing sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying out and possible per sonal injury Then remove the cap e Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control system An in correct cap can result in a seriou
78. of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in the system warns the driver with the buzzer and ICC system display Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if e The buzzer sounds e The vehicle ahead detection and set distance indicator blink AA WARNING Do not use the Intelligent Cruise Control system when traffic conditions cause the buzzer to sound frequently The warning buzzer may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles Some examples are e When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing e When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is in creasing e When the accelerator pedal is depressed overriding the system e When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle The warning buzzer will not sound when your Starting and driving 5 31 vehicle approaches vehicles that are parked or moving slowly 5 32 Starting and driving xo SSD0284 NOTE The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the ICC sensor detects some reflectors which are fitted on vehicles in other lanes or on the side of the road This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The ICC sensor may detect these reflectors when the vehicle is driven on winding roads hilly roads or when entering or exiting a curve The ICC sensor
79. of the seatback of the front seats The supplemental curtain side impact air bags are located in the side roof rails These sys tems are designed to meet voluntary guide lines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher sever ity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Ve hicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag operation When the supplemental side air bag and cur tain side impact air bag inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain side impact air bags help to cushion th
80. on any sticker or write anything on either surface of the DVD Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 41 SAA0722 i SAA0723 Remote control and headphones battery replacement Replace the battery as follows 1 Open the lid 2 Replace both batteries with new ones e Size AA remote control e Size AAA headphones Make sure that the and ends on the batteries match the markings inside the compartment 3 Close the lid securely If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 3 above e If you will not be using the remote con trol for long periods of time remove the batteries e Replacement of the batteries is needed when the remote control only functions 4 42 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems at extremely close distances to the MES or not at all e Be careful not to touch the battery ter minal e An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the remote control and headphones FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This de
81. play select button 1 to 6 You can select if the CD is inserted PROG Rpr REPEAT RPT When the PROG RPT play button is pushed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows m ALL DISC RPT 1DISC RPT 1TRACK RPT 1DISC RDM ALL DISC RDM __ 4 CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected To eject the discs selected by the EJECT button push it for less than 1 5 seconds To eject all the discs push the EJECT button for more than 1 5 seconds When this button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will come out and the system will turn off If the compact disc comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it except 8 cm diameter com pact discs CD IN indicator CD IN indicator appears on the display when the CD is loaded with the system on Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 31 DVD OFF function It is possible to turn off the INFINITI Mobile Entertainment System MES from the front seat When the ON OFF switch is turned off when the DVD is being played from the speak ers with DVD displayed the MES is turned off The audio system will not turn off If a CD is loaded the CD will be played Pushing the CD REAR AV button with no DVD discs loaded
82. possibility of additional damage if your vehicle is struck from the rear where practical remove the hitch and or receiver when not in use e Never connect a trailer brake system directly to the vehicle brake system Tire pressures e When towing a trailer inflate the vehicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the tire placard located on the driver side center pillar e Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in ac cordance with the trailer and tire manufac turers specifications Safety chains Always use a suitable chain between your 9 20 Technical and consumer information vehicle and the trailer The safety chain should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle Be sure to leave enough slack in the chain to permit turning corners Trailer lights Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations When wiring the vehicle for towing connect the stop and tail light pickup into the vehicle electrical circuit at a point between the sensor and stop light or light switch Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking sys tem make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly in stalled AA WARNING Never connect a trailer brake system directly to the vehicle brake system Pre towing tips e Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position
83. proper operation of the supplemental air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel as sembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad above the dash board or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Work around and on the supplemen tal front air bag system should be done by an INFINITI dealer Installa tion of electrical equipment should also be done by an INFINITI dealer The yellow and orange Supplemental Restrain System SRS wiring and connectors should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing de vices should not be used on the air bag system A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect inflation of the supple mental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 15 When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual ea L Si SSS0190 Supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system The supplemental side air bags are located in the outside
84. rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by turning the ignition key to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mecha nism Move the selector lever to the N Neu tral position When the battery of vehicle equipped with the Intelligent Key system is dis charged your vehicle should be towed with the front wheels on tow ing dollies or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck If the speed or distance must necessarily be greater remove the propeller shaft before tow ing to prevent damage to the transmission In case of emergency 6 13 All wheel drive models All wheel drive models INFINITI recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated AA CAUTION Never tow AWD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the power train 6 14 In case of emergency VEHICLE RECOVERY Freeing a stuck vehicle Securely install the vehicle recovery hook stored with jacking tools Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the stored place after use AA WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged A amp A CAUTION e Tow chains or cabl
85. sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible AA CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compart ment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic com ponents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corro sion and deterioration of underbody compo nents such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fend ers In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and cor rosion which may be required in some areas consult your local INFINITI dealer Appearance and care 7 5 MEMO 7 6 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 8 2 General maintenance eeceseeseeeeteeeeeeseeteees 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 3 Maintenance precautions 0 cece eee eee 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine cooling SYStem siririna 8 9 Checking engine coolant level 0 ee 8 9 Changing engine coolant 0 eee 8 10 Engine Olll cst ccp2sttiscesclissatihessti eiaa 8 11 Checking engine oil level eee 8 11 Changing engine oil and filter 0 8 12 Automatic transmission fluid 0 0 00 8 15 Power steering fluid e
86. set cruising speed accelerate your ve hicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light will come on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will main tain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previ ously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the Intelligent Cruise Control To cancel the preset speed follow either three of these methods a Push the CANCEL button The SET indica tor light will go out b Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator light will go out c Turn the ON OFF switch off Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator lights will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch b Push and hold the ACCEL RES set switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch c Push then quickly release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and rel
87. should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers See Seat belts later in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems Sit upright and well back SS0131 AA WARNING The supplemental front air bags ordi narily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact roll over or lower severity frontal collision Al ways wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The seat belts and the supplemental front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat Front air bags inflate with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemen tal front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel Always use the seat belts The dri
88. switch P 2 28 Parking brake pedal parking brake re lease pedal P 5 15 Tilting telescopic steering wheel switch if so equipped P 3 29 Tilting steering wheel lock lever if so equipped P 3 29 Telescopic steering wheel lock lever P 3 29 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 25 Heated seat switch if so equipped P 2 26 Cassette player P 4 26 Cigarette lighter and ashtray P 2 30 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 29 Automatic transmission selector lever P 5 12 30 Clock P 2 28 31 Glove box P 2 32 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual if so equipped 0 4 Illustrated table of contents METERS AND GAUGES SIC2135 af ONS Warning Indicator lights P 2 9 Tachometer P 2 4 6 Speedometer P 2 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 5 Intelligent cruise control system display if so equipped P 5 18 Automatic transmission position indicator P 5 12 7 Odometer Total Twin trip P 2 4 8 Fuel gauge P 2 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS VQ35DE engine Fuse fusible link holder P 8 23 Battery P 8 17 Engine oil filler cap P 8 11 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 15 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 9 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 16 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 15 Radiator filler cap P 8 10 Engine oil dipstick P 8 11 10 Air cleaner P 8 20 oOOAN DOO FWP as LAO FG
89. system the anti lock function will cease but the ordinary brakes will continue to operate normally If the light comes on while you are driving contact your INFINITI dealer for repair creck Automatic transmission check warning light When the ignition switch is turned ON the light comes on for 2 seconds If the light blinks for approximately 8 seconds it may indicate the automatic transmission system is not function ing properly Have your INFINITI dealer check and repair the transmission AWD AWD All wheel drive warning light AWD models The awp warning light comes on when the ignition switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the AWD system malfunctions or the revolu tion or radius of the front and the rear wheel are different the warning light will either re main illuminated or blink See Using all wheel drive AWD in the 5 Starting and driving section 2 10 Instruments and controls AA CAUTION e If the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in the AWD system even if the driving mode is in the AUTO or LOCK posi tion Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the LOCK mode If the AWD warning light blinks on when you are driving e blinks rapidly about twice a sec ond Pull off the road in a safe area a
90. the 9 Technical and con sumer information section for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine 10 Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter Correct as required 11 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dip stick Add engine oil if necessary 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself After the operation 4 Install the engine undercover into position as the following steps a Pull the center of the small plastic clip out b Hold the engine undercover into position O a Insert the clips through the undercover into the hole in the frame then push the center of the clip in to lock the clip in place Install the other bolts that hold the under cover in place Be careful not to strip the bolts or over tighten them 2 Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground 3 Dispose of waste oil and filter properly AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID If checking or replacement is required we recommend your INFINITI dealer for servicing CAUTION e Use only Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF Do not mix with other fluids e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in drive ability and au
91. the Intelligent Key FCC Notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules Q the certification number These limits are designed to provide rea sonable protection against harmful inter ference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruc tions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not oc cur in a particular installation If this equip ment does cause haumful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving an tenna Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help OPERATION WITH INTELLIGENT REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM It is possible to lock unlock all doors fuel filler lid activate the panic alarm and open the windows by pushing the buttons on the Intelli gent Key from outside the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the key is not
92. the driver to the fact that the VDC system s fail safe mode is operating i e the VDC system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by your INFINITI dealer If an abnormality occurs in the system the VDC system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable For additional information see Vehicle dynamic control VDC system in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime The chime will sound if the driver s side door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch ignition switch is turned off Remove Instruments and controls 2 15 the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime The headlights will turn off when the front door is opened with the light switch on unless the ignition switch is in the ON position or in the case of a model with the Intelligent Key when the ignition knob is not in the LOCK position When you turn the headlight switch ON again after the lights automatically turn off and when you open the driver s door the lights will not turn off automatically and a chime will sound instead See the battery saver system under Headlight switch in this section for details Make sure to turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will
93. the exact equivalents A amp A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or lubri cant will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require the replacement of all air conditioner sys tem components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your INFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain govern mental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioning system service Your INFINITI dealer has the trained technicians and equip ment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS 9 8 Technical and consumer information ENGINE Model VQ35DE VK45DE Type Gasoline 4 cycle Gasoline 4 cycle 7 6 cylinder 8 cylinder Cylinder arangement V slanted at 60 V slanted at 90 F 3 760 x 3 205 95 5 3 661 x 3 256 93 0 Bore X Stroke in mm x 81 4 x 82 7 Displacement cu in cm 213 45 3 498 274 2 4 494 Firing order 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 8 7 3 6 5 4 2 1 Idle speed rpm See the emission See the emission Ignition timing B T D C degree rpm control information control label on the CO percentage at idle No air label on the under underside of the speed e side of the hood hood Standard PLFR5A 11 PLFR5A 11 Spark pl Hot type PLFR4A 11 PLFR4A 11 park pug Service option S A a S S Cold type PLFR6A 11 PLFR6
94. the steer ing wheel slightly right and left A WARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steer ing wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage and or personal injury KEY POSITIONS The switch includes an anti theft steering lock device LOCK Normal parking position 0 The ignition key can only be removed when the switch is in this position OFF 1 The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel The ignition lock is designed so that the key cannot be turned to LOCK and removed until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position activates the starter motor start ing the engine INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key If the engine fails to start using the registered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key it may be due to interference caused by another INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key an automated toll road device or an automated payment device on the key ring
95. time you drive even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag Most states provinces or territories require that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 21 1 pa i SSS0136 WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly restrained in the rear seat and if appropriate in a child restraint The belt should be properly adjusted to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible around the hips not the waist A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is se curely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its ef fectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same belt
96. tions later in this section e When your child restraint is not in use store it in the trunk or keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident AA CAUTION Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 33 INSTALLATION ON REAR SEAT OUTBOARD OR CENTER POSITIONS AA WARNING e The three point belt on your vehicle is equipped with a locking mode retrac tor which must be used when install ing a child restraint e Failure to do so will result in the child restraint not being properly secured It could tip over or otherwise be un secured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision Front facing Outboard SS0252 Front faci os a J ws Front facing When you install a child restraint in a rear outboard or center seat follow these steps 1 Position the child restraint on the seat It can be placed in a front facing direction depending on the size of the child Adjust the head restraint to its highest position or remove it if the child restraint uses a top tether strap Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems Front facing
97. to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Reinsert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H and L marks If the oil level is below the L mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recom mended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Operating with insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such dam age is not covered by warranty Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER A CAUTION Change the engine oil and filter according to aoe the maintenance intervals shown in the Make sure the correct lifting and support INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide points are used to avoid vehicle dam age Overfull Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 SDI1410A minutes 4 Raise and support the vehicle using a suit able floor jack and safety jack stands e Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack up points e A suitable adapter should be attached to the jack stand saddle 5 Remove the plastic
98. to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of compo nent wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other repro ductive harm QY INFINITI 2004 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD TOKYO JAPAN All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or trans mitted in any form or by any means electronic me chanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments diel screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents EX T OT cisicsdesscicesesspesasvseeves cosas sas hesipsoesssenaneesdevioebibeses 0 2 INStHUMONE DANE asara Ee EE 0 3 Meters and gauges esssseeeessrsrrsrrserrrrensrrensrnsenrenees 0 4 Engine compartment locations ccceseseeeeees 0 5 EXTERIOR Q 2 Illustrated table of contents S10012 1 Engine hood Page 3 25 Front lights P 2 21 Windshield wiper and wash
99. use of the cigarette lighter socket as a power source for any other accessory is not recommended Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter STORAGE S1C1844 SUNGLASSES HOLDER The sunglasses holder can be opened by pushing the button WARNING The sunglasses holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation AA CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than glasses e Do not leave glasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the glasses CUP HOLDERS AA WARNING The cup holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation CAUTION e Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your pas senger e Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident Instruments and controls 2 31 1C2149 Front cup holder Rear cup holder GLOVE BOX To open push A the cup holder opener Push the cup holder opener switch to draw out When locking or unlocking the glove box use switch the rear cup holder the master key mechanical key or wallet key To close lower the cup holder lid and push The glove box may be opened by pulling the down lightly handle Use the cup holder properly and according to the size of the cups A WARNING
100. when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other pos sible causes of either condition e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shifts while driving e Becertain your rear view mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing be fore driving the vehicle Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic Steering stability and braking performance will be somewhat differ ent than under normal driving conditions e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving e Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops e Avoid sharp turns or lane changes e Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed e Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so first apply the parking brake and block the wheels and then move the transmission selector lever into the P Park position If you move the selector lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake the transmission may get damaged When going down a hill shift into a lower gear and us
101. will lock All of the doors will lock when the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key is pushed even though the ignition knob is in the ON position 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once e When the LOCK button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked SPA1653 sake 2 Doors lock with the Intelligent Key while the mechanical key or the valet key is in the ignition knob or the ignition knob is pushed in Doors do not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open Unlocking doors and fuel filler lid i Push the UNLOCK button on the Intel ligent Key once The drivers door and fuel filler lid unlock The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed with the igni tion knob in any position except the ON position e The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the switch is in the DOOR position with the ignition knob in any position except the ON position 2 Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key again within 5 seconds e All doors unlock e Back door unlocks e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute of pressing the UNLOCK but ton e any door is open e the ignition
102. with or without advertising their pres ence INFINITI does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your INFINITI cannot be readily determined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that rec ommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend excepting a methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol me thyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appro priate cosolvents and corrosion inhibi tors If not properly formulated with ap propriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or ve hicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suit able for use in INFINITI vehicles If any undesirable driveability problems such as engine stalling and hard hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fu els immediately change to a non oxygenate Technical and consumer information 9 3 fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care
103. 2 AM radio reception arriari 4 23 Satellite radio reception eee 4 23 Audio operation precautions ee 4 23 FM AM SAT radio with cassette player and compact disc CD change 4 26 CD care and cleaning rsisi 4 32 Steering switch for audio control if so CQUIPPCO cscicccsssccsascstanscvanreacesee susie vesbinvareveeeaets 4 33 INFINITI mobile entertainment system MES if so SQUID DOG APEE E E 4 34 Digital video disc DVD player controls 4 35 Remote COMO sie anen eai 4 35 Remote control NOldef isisisi 4 36 FIIP COWN SOVOG 0 ee eee eeeeseeeeeeeseeeeneseereneeeeee 4 36 How to handle the DVD eee eeeeseeeerereeeeee 4 41 Playing a digital video disc det Antenna Care and maintenance seeeeeeseeeeees 4 40 Car phone or CB radio 0 0 eee eect etree 4 43 SAFETY NOTE AA WARNING Positioning of the heating or air con ditioning controls and display con trols should not be done while driv ing so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation Do not disassemble or modify this system If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in an accident fire or electric shock In case you notice any foreign ob jects in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system im
104. 4 PTY name selection can also be achieved by pressing the preset buttons Initial PTY names are stored in the preset buttons but these can be changed by pressing the preset buttons for less than 1 5 seconds when the desired PTY name is in the display 4 28 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems ADULT HITS ANY CLASSICAL It It TRAFFIC COUNTRY It lt TOP 40 JAZZ it C Jb it TALK lt lt NEWS t t t t SPORTS OLDIES J4 Vt ROCK PUBLIC t ry 2 PTY SEEK tuning After selecting a PTY name push the SEEK button Pl or I for less than 0 5 seconds within 10 seconds Tuning to the PTY station will start If you do not push the SEEK button within the 10 second period the PTY mode will be canceled Push the SEEK button for more than 1 5 seconds to tune the PTY name station and stop at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SEEK button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station a R PUSH to open SAA0713 Cassette tape player operation Turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON and then lightly insert the cassette tape into the tape door The cassette tape will be automati cally pulled into the player The radio or CD will turn off if it is on and the cassette tape will begin to play AA CA
105. 6 Vehicle security System essssrsrreerrrrrrrrrrese 2 16 Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System 0 0 2 17 Windshield wiper and washer switch 0 2 19 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 19 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWITCH ccisesscsceessds sucsayerssestyes ve catves scnipons scnass ipinia 2 20 Headlight and turn signal switch 0 ee 2 20 Xenon headlights Headlight switch Daytime running light system Canada only 2 24 Instrument brightness ContrOl eeeeeeeees 2 24 TUPMSiQnall SWICK ci c30cssiecsssxsesstzes etsariiees diese 2 25 Fog light switch if so equipped 2 25 Hazard warning flasher switch FIOM isein ihania Heated seats if so equipped ee SNOW mode SWIICH siirinsesi Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 28 GO CK i saccecis dessaciinesetesatcneveeasedsaatevieseasabinecetvevadt engenders 2 28 Adjusting the UMass reiini 2 28 PPOWONOUTCL 255 cc erc lt see3 cache a a EER 2 29 Cigarette lighter and ashtray eee 2 30 Stora JE ieasvedin race eeexes ane sctv ciscdvasivinbs aai 2 31 Sunglasses holdof sirsiran 2 31 Cup Older ii scctisecstevssevsvsteasts teins ex oivissaveiccistets 2 31 GIOVE BOX in2 8 ised Atceeis iaia to ain a ait 2 32 COnSole boXx iinis 2 33 Card NOG 0 oncidii aineisiin 2 34 Cargo net if so equipped sses 2 34 WINDOWS oiscii secs cacsssivsciassssacscapivieatsbarsisiersstiseasieed ieee 2 35 P
106. A 11 Spark plug gap Normal in mm 0 043 1 1 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain VQ35DE Cylinder number A AOR Front T10001 D VK45DE 1 Cylinder number ST10109B The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regula tions Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEELS AND TIRES Road wheel Type Size Offset in mm Aluminum 18 x S 1 57 40 20 x 8JJ Option for Canada Tire Type Size Pressure Cold P265 60R18 Conventional 220 kPa 32 psi P265 50R20 T175 90D18 420 kPa 60 psi Spare Conventional 9 10 Technical and consumer information DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS MPV Overall length in mm Overall width in mm Overall height in mm Front tread in mm Rear tread in mm Wheelbase in mm 189 1 4 803 75 8 1 925 65 0 1 652 65 9 1 672 6 62 7 1 592 64 6 1 642 112 2 2 850 Gross vehicle weight rating Gross axle weight rating Roof rail equipped models See the F M V S S certifica tion label on the driver s side lock pillar WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be opera
107. AJE AASS A ee 10 l SDI1524 Illustrated table of contents 0 5 VK45DE engine 0 6 Illustrated table of contents fauna l a SDI1531 Fuse fusible link holder P 8 23 Battery P 8 17 Engine oil filler cap P 8 11 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 15 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 9 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 16 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 15 Radiator filler cap P 8 10 Engine oil dipstick P 8 11 0 Air cleaner P 8 20 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint systems Front power seat adjustment Rear seat adjustment cceceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeneeeeee Head restraint adjustment cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Active head restraint front seats 1 7 Armie Staa enn i oe ees 1 7 Supplemental restraint SySteM 0 c eects 1 8 Precautions on supplemental restraint system 1 8 Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light asi Seat Dells nicnn oki naa Precautions on seat belt usage ee 1 21 Child safety ihe Pregnant WOMEN ceseseeseecereeseeereeeeeteeeenee 1 25 MJUFE POMSONS iisisti siini Three point type seat belt with retractor Rear center seat Delt eee eeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees Seat belt extenders cceeceeeseeeeeeteeeeteneeeeaes Seat belt maintenance Child restraints 0 Precautions on child restraints
108. Booklet War ranty and Roadside Assistance Information Canada only or it has become lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e INFINITI Division Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 47038 Gardena CA 90247 6838 e Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to no tifying INFINITI lf NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or INFINITI To contact NHTSA you may call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 You may also write to NHTSA U S De partment of Transportation Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from the Hotline You may notify INFINITI by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 662 6200 Technical and consumer information 9 23 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST US only Due to legal requirements in some states areas your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the r
109. C system 2 Vehicle ahead detection indicator Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you Starting and driving 5 25 System check display CRUISE SD0326 3 Set distance indicator Displays the selected distance between ve hicles set with the DISTANCE switch 4 Indicates your vehicle 5 ON OFF switch indicator light Green Indicates that the ON OFF switch is ON 6 Set vehicle speed indicator Indicates the set vehicle speed For Canadian models the speed will be indi cated by km h When the key switch is turned ON the display 5 26 Starting and driving comes on as illustrated to check for a burned out bulb and it turns off when the engine is started MPH COAST SET Ce ON OFF Fane CANCEL SSD0317 Operating vehicle to vehicle distance control mode To turn on the cruise control push the ON OFF switch on The cruise indicator light set distance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator come on and they are on a standby state for setting CAUTION To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control make sure to turn the ON OFF switch is off when not using the Intelli gent Cruise Control Fei SET T 4 CANCEL SSD0318 To set cruising speed accelerate your ve hicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Vehicle ahead detection indicator set distance indica tor and set vehicle s
110. D Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55k mh If the vehicle can not be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 15 MEMO 6 16 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning OXLOMOM ssiessccce esses sccuscetissccasescesscesarevoenseses 7 2 FIOOF MALS oi ise es cedeccyetesnesseter as dasctieetiieveiewseep nesses Washing Seat belts Waxing seerne ea e Ea aa aE EESE 7 2 Corrosion protection Removimg Spots eerste tiestewin 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle lao clio olo j A 7 3 CONMOSION a a a tt tissteeeeati ets 7 5 GIASS 0 eeseessesseessessssseesteseeseesseesessenseesessseesenseensnans 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Aluminum alloy wheelS 111111iiirrrrrssssseessssee CONOSION ae n aa a EEEE 7 5 Chrome parts To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 5 Cleaning interior CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it In the following cases please wash your ve hicle as soon as possible to protect the paint surface e After a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain e After driving on coastal roads e When contaminants such as soot bird droppings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface e When dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store o
111. F gC position AA CAUTION e Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the ve hicle for extended periods of time otherwise the battery will go dead e Never leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for ex tended periods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically 1C2141 Headlight aiming control if so equipped Depending on the number of occupants in the vehicle and the load it is carrying the headlight axis may be higher than desired If the vehicle is traveling on a hilly road the headlights may directly hit the rearview mirror of the vehicle ahead or the windshield of the oncoming ve hicle The light axis can be lowered with the operation of the switch The larger the number designated on the switch the lower the axis Instruments and controls 2 23 When traveling with no heavy load or on a flat road select position 0 AA WARNING Xenon headlights are extremely bright compared to conventional headlights If the xenon headlights hit the rearview mirror of the vehicle ahead or the wind shield of the oncoming vehicle the driver of these vehicles may have diffi culty driving because of the brightness Use the headlight aiming control switch to lower the light axis See earlier in this section for information on xenon head lights DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM CANADA ONLY The daytime running lights automatically illu minate when the engine
112. Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the mixture ratio BATTERY e Keep the battery surface clean and dry Any corrosion should be washed off with a solution of baking soda and water e Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened e Ifthe vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it AA WARNING e Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas generated by battery action is explo sive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If you get acid on your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention e Do not operate the vehicle if the bat tery fluid is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce bat tery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after han dling Keep the battery out of the reach of children Cell plug MIN DI0137M Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines If it is n
113. Foreword Your INFINITI represents a new way of think ing about vehicle design It integrates ad vanced engineering and superior craftsman ship with a simple refined aesthetic sensitivity associated with traditional Japanese culture The result is a different notion of luxury and beauty The car itself is important but so is the sense of harmony that the vehicle evokes in its driver and the sense of satisfaction you feel with the INFINITI from the way it looks and drives to the high level of dealer service To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI to the fullest we encourage you to read this Owner s Manual immediately It explains all of the features controls and performance character istics of your INFINITI it also provides impor tant instructions and safety information A separate Warranty Information Booklet can be found in your Owner s literature portfolio Always carry it with you when you take your INFINITI to an authorized dealer The portfolio contents provide complete information about all warranties covering this vehicle the periodic mainte nance required to keep the warranties in effect as well as the INFINITI Roadside Assistance program Additionally a separate Customer Care and Lemon Law Information Booklet will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law INFINITI is dedicated to providing a satisfying ownershi
114. INE Ignition knob positions Push in the ignition knob in the range when you turn it LOCK Normal parking position The ignition knob can only be locked in the position The ignition knob will be unlocked when it is pushed in and turned to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 ACC Accessories 0 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories START This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the knob immedi ately It will automatically return to the ON position For important safety information see Ignition knob in the 5 Starting and driving section The ignition knob cannot be turned back to the LOCK position unless the shift lever is in P position It can be turned to only CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the ignition knob in ACC or ON positions when the engine is not running for an extended period This can discharge the battery 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments Starting the engine When driving the vehicle be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 Securely depress the brake pedal SPA1629 2 Slowly push the ignition knob in When the Intelligent Key warning light a in the instr
115. INSERT to fasten SS0253 Pull to engage automatic locking mode SS0254 Front facing Front PULL to tighten x 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this time the belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It reverts back to emergency locking mode when the belt is fully retracted 4 Allow the belt to retract Pull up on the belt to remove any slack in the belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 35 Front facing Check for a secure fit 5 Before placing the child in the child re straint use force to tilt the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm 6 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the belt is in the automatic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat
116. L Energy conserving oil An ILSAC grade GF II amp GF III oil can also be used INFINITI recommends mineral based oils These oils must however meet the API quality and SAE viscosity ratings specified for your vehicle Oil additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is impor tant that the engine oil viscosity be selected based on the temperatures at which the ve hicle will be operated before the next oil change The recommended SAE viscosity number chart shows the recommended oil viscosities for the expected ambient tempera tures Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When replac ing use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your Technical and consumer information 9 5 engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Oil and filter other than the specified quality or oil and filter change intervals longer tha
117. N For additional informa For additional informa ion see later in this paragraph for fuel recommendation ion see later in this paragraph for engine oil and oil filter recommendation ion see later in this paragraph for recommended SAE viscosity number Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which Available in mainland For additional informal For hot climates viscosity DEXRON II MERCON or equivalent may alsg be used Outside the continental United States and Alaska contact an INFINITI dealer for more information regarding suitable fluids including recommended brand s of DEXRON For additional informa is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty US through your INFINITI dealer ion see Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine oil SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 0 C 32 F III MERCON automatic transmission fluid ion see Vehicle identification in this section for air conditioner specification label or equivalent ATF may also be used 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION VK45DE engine In order to maintain engine and exhaust sys tem durability and performance unleaded pre mium gasoline with an octane rating of at lea
118. NFINITI recommends using cassette tapes of 60 minutes or shorter in length e Cassette tapes should be removed from the player when not in use Store cas settes in their protective cases and away from direct sunlight heat dust mois ture and magnetic sources Direct sunlight can cause the cassette to become deformed The use of deformed cassettes may cause the cassette to jam in the player Do not use cassettes with labels which are peeling and loose If used the label could jam in the player If a cassette has loose tape insert a pencil through one of the cassette hubs and rewind the tape firmly around the hubs Loose tape may cause tape jam ming and wavering sound quality Over a period of time the playback head capstan and pinch roller may col lect a tape coating residue as the tape is played This residue accumulation can cause weak or wavering sound and should be removed periodically with a head cleaning tape If the residue is not removed periodically the player may need to be disassembled for cleaning Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 23 COMPACT Compact Disc CD player e Only use high quality 4 7 inches 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player com pl
119. ONO lisesini iaaii aE 5 16 Cruise control Fixed speed cruise control ON IGG SYSTEM iarr aeisi 5 34 Cruise control Intelligent cruise control system Cup holders Curtain side impact air bag system See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system 0 ee 1 16 CVT Transmission selector lever lock FElCASE EEE 5 15 D Daytime running light system 2 24 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIC nssr ciseincisavnatsevetcsae dees hice 2 20 Dimensions and weights 0ce eee 9 10 Display controls See control panel buttons With NAVIGALONISYStOM irsana Eneak 4 7 Display controls See control panel buttons Without navigation system 4 2 Door open warning light cee 2 11 Drive DENS soenoe eE eres 8 18 Drive positioner Automatic eeeeeeeeeeee 3 33 Driving Cold weather driving cee 5 47 Driving with automatic transmission 5 12 On pavement and offroad driving 5 3 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Safety precautions cece 5 5 DVD player Infiniti mobile entertainment SYSTE asire arnir esain a E 4 34 E Economy FUG cousreetsctnsh ds outs coe wae 5 40 Emission control information label 9 13 Emission control system warranty 00 9 23 Engine Before starting the engine 5 11 Break in SChedule cc ccc tence 5 40 Capacities and re
120. ORMATION DE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION POUR D AUTRES DE SE REPORTER AU MANUEL DU CONDUCTEUR SDI1574 Tire and loading information label Q Seating capacity The maximum number of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limit See loading information in the Technical and consumer information section Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 Recommended cold tire inflation pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recom mended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section and Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped Checking the tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leak age 3 Remove the
121. Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet All season tires INFINITI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year around including snowy and icy road conditions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires INFINITI specifies summer tires on some mod els to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substan tially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions INFINITI recommends the use of snow or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may no
122. S switch for 3 seconds until the zone selection comes up a number will be dis played in the mirror compass window 2 Toggle until correct zone is found and re lease switch 3 The display will show all segments and SIC0611 return to the normal compass mode within Instruments and controls 2 7 A 10 seconds of no switch activity If the vehicle changes zone repeat steps 1 thru 3 See map If the compass deviates from the correct indication soon after repeated adjustment have the compass checked at an INFINITI dealer The compass may not indicate the correct compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct com pass point when the vehicle moves to an area where the geomagnetism is stabi lized 2 8 Instruments and controls WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS Anti lock brake warning light Patt ence es cuec wam High beam indicator light Blue Automatic transmission check warning Low tire pressure warning light if so light equipped AWD All wheel drive warning light AWD models Preview Function warning light Orange if so equipped Intelligent Cruise Control system ON OFF switch indicator light Green if so equipped SET Intelligent Cruise Control system set switch indicator light if so equipped Low washer fluid warning light SERVICE oa
123. SSD0328 To pass another vehicle depress the accel erator pedal and steer the vehicle around the vehicle ahead The set speed indicator will flash when the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed The vehicle detect indicator will turn off when the area ahead of the vehicle is open When the pedal is released the vehicle will return to the previously set speed Although your vehicle may be at the set ve hicle speed based on ICC system control depress the accelerator pedal when it is nec essary to accelerate your vehicle rapidly How to change the set vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use any of these methods e Push the CANCEL switch The set vehicle speed indicator will go out e Tap the brake pedal The set vehicle speed indicator will go out e Turn the ON OFF switch off Both the ON OFF switch indicator and set vehicle speed indicator will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods e Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch e Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch The set vehicle speed will increase by approxi mately 5 MPH 5 km h for Canada e Push then quickly release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by approximately 1 MPH 1 km h for Canada Starting and driving 5 29 To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods e
124. TION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas e Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corro sion Wet floor coverings will not dry com pletely inside the vehicle and should be re moved for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation e Check the underbody for accumulation of
125. TTON When the TRIP button is pushed the follow ing modes will display on the screen TRIP 1 TIME DIST AVG TRIP 2 TIME DIST AVG OFF You can set the two kinds of journey time TIME max 99 hours 59 minutes trip odometer DIST mile or km and average speed AVG MPH or km h To reset the TRIP 1 or TRIP 2 push the TRIP button or the TRIP RESET button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds HOW TO USE FUEL ECON BUTTON The average fuel consumption MPG or L 100 km and the distance to empty dte MI or km will appear on the screen when the FUEL ECON button is pushed Average fuel consumption Mpg or L 100 km The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pressing the TRIP RESET or FUEL ECON button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds 4 6 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 30 seconds and 1 3 miles 500 m after a reset or connecting battery cable the display will show Distance to empty dte mile or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is con stantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds
126. UGS If replacement is required see your INFINITI dealer for servicing Platinum tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the platinum tipped spark plugs as frequently as the con ventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer Follow the maintenance sched ule but do not reuse them by cleaning or regapping Always replace with recommended platinum tipped spark plugs Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 AIR CLEANER If maintenance is required see your INFINITI dealer for servicing The filter element should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the mainte nance intervals See the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide for maintenance intervals When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth AA WARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops flame if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be care ful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed e Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper
127. UTION Do not force the cassette tape into the tape door This could cause player damage If the system is turned off by pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob with the cassette tape still in the player the tape will resume playing when the system is turned back on TAPE PLAY lt gt e When the TAPE button is pushed with the system turned off and a tape loaded the system will come on and the tape will play e When the TAPE button is pushed with either the radio or compact disc turned on and the tape loaded the compact disc or the radio will automatically be turned off and the tape will play e When the TAPE button is pushed with the TAPE playing the tape will play the pro gram recorded on the reverse side PP lt q FF Fast Forward REW Rewind Push the pp fast forward button to fast forward the tape To rewind the tape push the q4 rewind button Either the FF or REW symbol illuminates on the display window To stop the FF or REW function press the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 29 pp fast forward or qq rewind again or the TAPE button gt lt APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the APS FF button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the tape is being played the next program will start to play from the beginning Push the Pl APS FF button several times to skip through programs The tape will advance the number
128. Vehicle loading information TEMS as ca 2t cy cee ceve es secnes R seer oasepeveeees es Vehicle load capacity Loading tips Towing a trailer oo Maximum load limits 02 Towing load specification Chart Towing safety oo ee Flat TOWING 5isocciacsioivsseaszeseivscecestness seen iavveizcdevniees Uniform tire quality grading eee Emission control system warranty Reporting safety defects US only eee 9 23 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test US cl 4 Meererseeterererece a caterer cee Event Data Recorders Owner s Manual Service Manual order lalvelasnt lela pepeecrererentererer reer errrerre errr E In the event of a collision CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended US measure Imp measure Liter specifications Fuel 23 3 4 gal 19 3 4 gal 90 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI RON 96 1 Engine oil 6 Drain and refill For VK45DE engine el VK45DE 6 3 4 qt 5 5 8 qt 6 4 e API Certification Mark 2 3 With oil filter change VQ35DE 5 at 4 1 8 qt 47 e API grade SJ or SL Energy Conserving 2 3 e ILSAC grade GF II amp GF III 2 3 y ae z For VQ35DE engine Wi
129. When the fuel level drops even lower the dte display will change to NOTE e If the amount of fuel added while the ignition switch is OFF is small the dis play just before the ignition switch is turned OFF may continue to be dis played e When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM HOW TO USE E M BUTTON You can change the unit as follows using the E M English Metric button Unit US Mile F MPG Metric km C L 100 km OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE The outside air temperature is displayed in F or C It may differ from the actual outside air tem perature due to the sensor location Model with Navigation system SETTING SAA0712 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 7 When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will use up all the battery power and the engine will not start Reference symbols ENTER button This is a button on the control panel Display key This is a select key on the screen By selecting this key you can proceed to the next function NAME OF COMPONENTS 1 2 3 7 and 8 For Navigation system control buttons refer to the separate Navigation Owner s Manual 4 Joystick and ENTER
130. ace the battery to new one See BATTERY REPLACEMENT on page 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 Trouble shooting examples When it is difficult to turn the ignition knob e Push the ignition knob again and turn it slowly e While gently turning the steering wheel to the left or right turn the ignition knob 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA1631 ap SPA1655 BATTERY REPLACEMENT CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swal low the battery and removed parts Replace the battery as follows 1 Insert a flat blade screwdriver A wrapped with a cloth into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part 2 Replace the battery with a new one e Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction Recommended battery CR2032 or equiva lent Make sure that the side faces the bottom of the case 3 Close the lid securely 4 Push the buttons two or three times to check its operation See your INFINITI dealer if you need any assistance for replacement If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 3 above e Be careful not to touch the circuit board and the battery terminal e An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on
131. adio Car phone or CB radio 4 43 FM AM radio with cassette player and Compact Disc CD changer 000 4 26 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test US ONV aniani tears aciearet 9 24 Rear center seat belt x Rear door lock Child safety rear door lock 3 5 Real power POmInt ives le 2 29 Rear seat adjustment c ccseeeeeeeeeees 1 4 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWITCH dserreneitcce reins extn a ER 2 20 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 19 Rearview MOnitor ceeceeeeeceseeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 4 15 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 11 Remote controller See Infiniti mobile entertainment system c cesses 4 35 Remote keyless entry System Except Intelligent Key system 3 5 System For Intelligent Key system 3 21 Reporting safety defects US only 9 23 Roadside assistance program 6 2 POMOV Gls eoan rasei 5 5 S Safety Child seat belts 000 cee 1 24 Reporting safety defects US only 9 23 TOWING Safely o cccccec sccseezerssoserssazernens 9 19 9 21 Screen See Infiniti mobile entertainment E E T 4 36 Seat Belt warning lights ceicesssvesssteccnssentecrereces 1 21 Belt warning light and chime 0 2 13 Seat adjustment Front power seat adjustment 0 00 1 2 Rear seat adjustment Seat belt s GhildiSalety sa stinwscevctavadteetiavneestnead 1 24 Infants and small children
132. after closing the door e When the drivers door is closed with the key turned to LOCK e When the key or the ignition knob is turned from ACC to ON with the drivers door open The entry exit feature can be adjusted or can celed See Vehicle electronic systems in the 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section of this manual System operation The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions e when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h e when any two or more of the memory switches are simultaneously pushed while the automatic drive positioner is operating e when the adjusting switch for the driver s seat is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating e when the memory switch 1 or 2 is not pushed for at least 1 second e when the seat has been already moved to the memorized position e when no seat position is stored in the memory switch The automatic drive positioner system can be adjusted and canceled See Automatic seat slide in getting off and Lift steering column when exiting vehicle in the 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 35 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Salety MOG isccsccccscceszeseassossaceeagesstentbberasasnastvesstibeaiessd 4 2 Control panel buttons witho
133. aint and insert it into the buckle until If you must install a child restraint in the front you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure seat follow these steps to follow the child restraint manufacturer s 1 Position the child restraint on the front instructions for belt routing passenger seat It should be placed in a front facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Adjust the head restraint to its highest position Always fol low the child restraint manufacturer s in structions Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems Front facing Pul to engage automatic locking mode SS0113 Front facing Front PULL to tighten gt SSS0056 Front facing Check for a secure fit SSS0302 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this time the belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It reverts back to emergency locking mode when the belt is fully retracted 4 Allow the belt to retract Pull up on the belt to remove any slack in the belt 5 Before placing the child in the child re straint use force to tilt the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should no
134. aise the hood closed and latched before driving handle to open the back door Failure to do so could cause the hood 3 When closing the hood lower it slowly and z to fly open and result in an accident make sure it locks into place e If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood AA WARNING Do not drive with the back door open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Precautions when starting and driving Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 AUTO CLOSURE If the back door is pulled down to a partly open position the back door will pull itself to the closed position Do not apply excessive force when the auto closure is operating Excessive force ap plied may cause the mechanism to mal function 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA1620 Back door release lever If the back door cannot be opened with the door lock switch due to a discharged battery follow the these steps 1 Remove the cover inside of the back door with a suitable tool 2 Move the lever as illustrated to open the door Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as pos sible for repair FUEL FILLER LID e Press the power door lock switch to the unlock side To lock close the fuel filler lid and lock the doors d A SPA1621 OPEN THE FILLER LID To open the fuel filler lid unlock it using one
135. all the procedures from No 1 If the sunroof still does not close have your INFINITI dealer check and repair the sunroof 2 38 Instruments and controls INTERIOR LIGHT pi DOOR OFF je INTERIOR LIGHT The interior light has a two position switch When the switch is in the door position the light will illuminate when a door is opened The light will stay on for about 30 seconds when e The doors are unlocked by the keyfob a key the power door lock switch or using the Intelligent Key system while all doors are closed e The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch e The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The light will turn off while the 30 second timer is activated when e The driver s door is locked either with the keyfob a key the power door lock switch or using the Intelligent Key system e The ignition switch is turned ON MAP LIGHTS When the switch is pushed in the light will turn on When the switch is pushed again the light will turn off When the map light switch is in the ON position it will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position To turn on the light again turn the ignition switch to the ON position The map personal and vanity mirror lights will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of the followi
136. an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible AA CAUTION e Do not place an AWD equipped ve hicle on a two wheel dynamometer or raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any D drive or R reverse position Doing so may result in transmission damage or un expected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle dam age or personal injury Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle with two wheels on a two wheel dynamometer and the other two wheels raised Doing so may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle dam age or personal injury If the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in the AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible Starting and driving 5 41 5 42 Starting and driving PARKING PARKING ON HILLS T Downhill with curb U I LJ Q Uphill with curb i UJ 1 UJ B Uphill or downhill no curb Ye LS LXX BS S X ee S SZ ZKZ IS RK SOK xx 5S 2S Q NZ Z5 S SZ Zy S9 oe x ro QS 1 Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Move the selector lever to the P Park position POWER STEERING 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi The power assisted steering is
137. an IN FINITI dealer e For additional information see the Malfunction indicator lamp MIL later in this section 2 6 Instruments and controls COMPASS DISPLAY Compass indicator ON or OFF SIC1901 When the COMPASS switch is in the ON position the compass display will indicate the direction where the vehicle is heading N north E east S south W west If the display reads C calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in 3 complete circles at less than five mph 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The compass will be calibrated once it has tracked 3 complete circles Zone Variation Chart Zone variation change procedure The difference between magnetic north and geographical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass read ings Follow these instructions to set the vari ance for your particular location if this hap pens 1 Press the COMPASS switch for more than 3 seconds The current zone number will appear in the display 2 Find your current location and variance one number on the zone map 3 Press the COMPASS switch until the new zone number appears in the display After you stop pressing the switch in the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds Inaccurate compass direction 1 With the display turned on push the COM PAS
138. an unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking You may need to control the distance from other vehicles using the accel erator pedal Always stay alert and avoid using the ICC system when it is not recommended in this section Starting and driving 5 21 Driving with intelligent cruise control system Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to manually control the proper following distance The Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system may not be able to maintain the selected distance between vehicles following distance or selected ve hicle speed under some circumstances The ICC system uses a sensor 1 located on the front of the vehicle to detect vehicles ahead The sensor generally detects the sig nals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead The ICC system may not be able to 5 22 Starting and driving maintain the selected distance if the sensor cannot detect the reflector from the vehicle ahead when e the reflector is positioned high on the ve hicle trailer etc e the reflector is covered with dirt snow and road spray e snow or road spray from other vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility e dense exhaust or other smoke black smoke from other vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility e if the reflector on the vehicle ahead is missing damaged or covered e if excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the trunk o
139. and the rear cen secured when using the seat belt Do Oe ter seat belt connector is completely not use it with only the seat belt secured tongue attached This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop e If the rear center seat belt connector SSS0249 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 29 and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sudden stop Z 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems SSS0250 Attaching rear center seat belt Always be sure the rear center seat belt con nector tongue and connector buckle are at tached Disconnect only when folding down the rear seat To connect the buckle 1 Pull out the seat belt tongue from the retractor base Q in the ceiling 2 Pull the seat belt and secure the connector buckle until it clicks 2 The center seat belt connector tongue and buckle are indicated by the W and A mark The center seat belt connector tongue can be attached only into the rear center seat belt connector buckle To fasten the seat belt see Fastening the seat belt earlier in this section AA WARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat e When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seatbacks are completely s
140. arccos 8 28 Loading information See vehicle loading INfONMALION csecsen isstecstestons 9 15 Lock Backdoor lock siictiidsiiieieneniievatatess 3 25 Door locks a GIOVE DOK IOCK orse ie hance deen Mca Power OOF lOGK arainn nna Low tire pressure warning light Low tire pressure warning system 5 3 5 4 6 2 M Maintenance Battery hasaa ATRA sctoeneas 8 17 General maintenance 0 0 c eee 8 2 Inside the vehicle 8 4 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Maintenance requirements 0 ee 8 2 Outside the vehicle ceceeeeeeeeeeeees Seat belt maintenance ee Under the hood and vehicle ee 8 4 Malfunction indicator lamp MIL 2 14 Map ghis ninani 2 38 Mechanical key for Intelligent Key system 3 24 Meters and ga geSin isean iee 2 3 Meters and gauges Instrument brightness COMM estoena e aeia i a En 2 24 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 32 INSIDS MIOT sciss c sssceesseeeeseeecceesce OO Outside mirror control 3 32 Outside MIMOS iscissi 3 32 Mobile entertainment system MES 4 34 N Net Cargo NOt secci scceresccarcaccavencsarenccansaceedences 2 34 New vehicle break in ceceeeceeseeeeeereeeees 5 40 Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 16 o ODOM CLEP iach E E T ceria tes 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel IUDNICANTS cyna Changing engine oil and filter sa Checking engi
141. arm to its original position Otherwise it may be damaged when the engine hood is opened e Make sure the wiper blade contacts the glass otherwise the arm may be damaged from wind pressure e Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild deter gent Then rinse the blade with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades Lock pin REMOVE the wiper blade DI1018M REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Pull the wiper arm 2 Push the lock pin then remove the wiper blade 3 Insert the new wiper blade to the wiper arm until a click sounds Needle or small pin Adjustable washer nozzles If necessary clean the windshield washer nozzle with a needle or small pin Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE PEDAL Contact your INFINITI dealer if checking or replacement is required 4 to 5 notc
142. ary with the outside air temperature and driving condi tions AA CAUTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is overheated continued op eration of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the 6 In case of emer gency section for immediate action re quired F h gt FE Low fuel warning light 1C2138 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hill The gauge needle is designed to move to the E Empty position when the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters Empty Instruments and controls 2 5 The low fuel warning light comes on when the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the gauge reaches E There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E The Bf indicates that the fuel filler lid is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle CAUTION e If the vehicle runs out of fuel the ENGINE malfunction indicator lamp MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the ENE lamp should turn off If the lamp remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by
143. ashed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This overheats the brakes in creases wear on the brake linings and pads and reduces gas mileage 5 44 Starting and driving To help save the brakes and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control 4A WARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder PREVIEW FUNCTION for Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models When the Preview Function equipped with Intelligent Cruise Control system identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing the vehicle ahead in the same lane and the distance and relative speed f
144. ass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens cover Appearance and care 7 3 FLOOR MATS The use of Genuine INFINITI floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn 7 4 Appearance and care Floor mat bracket p p P I a y A SAI0012 ih I Floor mat positioning aid Driver side only This model includes a front floor mat bracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid INFINITI floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s side floor mat has a grommet hole incorporated in it Simply position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floorpan contour Periodically check to make certain that the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solu tion Allow the belts to dry completely before using them WARNING Do not allow wet belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents since these may se verely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTEC
145. ate with the vehicle When the Intel ligent Key is near the vehicle such as in your pocket or purse it allows the vehicle to be locked unlocked or started without inserting the ignition key It is also possible to use the remote control entry function AA CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you e Do not leave the vehicle with the Intelligent Key inside e The Intelligent Key may not function correctly depending on the environment or operating conditions It could also malfunction if you do not use it cor rectly e The Intelligent Key transmits faint radio waves In the following situations the Intelli gent Key and remote control entry func tions may not operate correctly and you may have to use the metal key mechani cal key valet key or wallet key e when there are strong signals coming from a television tower power station or broadcasting station e when you have wireless equipment or a cellular phone with you e when the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by a metallic material e when radio wave type remote control entry is used nearby e when the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal computer The Intelligent Key continually con sumes battery power as the key receives a signal to communicate with the ve hicle Battery life is about 2 years al though it varies depending on the oper ating conditions When the battery of the Intel
146. ation system Owner s Manual SETTINGS Display O Guidance Volume Softer CY Louder SAA0701 DISPLAY SETTINGS SAA0702 For models with navigation system 1 Please refer to the separate Navigation system Owner s Manual HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON The SETTING screen will appear when the SETTING button is pushed DISPLAY settings The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting Display key and pushing the ENTER but ton Brightness Contrast Map Background To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness contrast key and push the ENTER button Then you can adjust the brightness to Darker or Brighter the contrast to Lower or Higher using the joystick The Map Background is for models with navi gation system Please refer to the separate navigation system Owner s Manual Display Off To turn off the screen push the SETTING button and select the Display key and Dis play Off key The indicator of the Display Off will turn on to amber When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished on the map display in the Audio HVAC Heater and air conditioner SETTING or VEHICLE INFO modes To turn on the screen push the SETTING
147. ave the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel eration VQ35 engine Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 91 For improved vehicle performance INFINITI recommends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number Research octane number 96 CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission con trol systems and may also affect war ranty coverage Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Tech nical and consumer information section ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION For VK45DE engine e API Certification Mark e API grade SJ or SL Energy Conserving e ILSAC grade GF II amp GF III e SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all ambient temperatures SAE 10W 30 10W 40 viscosity oil may be used for am bient temperatures above 0 F 18 C For VQ35DE engine e API Certification Mark e API grade SG SH Energy Conserving amp II or API grade SJ or SL Energy Conserving e ILSAC grade GF GF II amp GF III e SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all ambient temperat
148. avecszatencives 2 5 Theft Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine ISLAM E E EA E E lersuntsnesntvanstess 2 17 Three way Catalyst cis cheetah ins eras 5 3 Tilting telescopic steering column 3 29 Tire Flat tire Low tire pressure warning SYSTEMI siswciesrscsucrcemndansiacramoicendane 5 3 5 4 6 2 Pressure Low tire pressure warning VGH aea A E TETT 2 12 Uniform tire quality grading 9 22 Tires SPARC i Essien 8 40 Tire and loading information label TANS CNAN S naas Tire WADING iiini Tire PIOSSUNG tii stcccectvstarectmatesteatesnntestccres Tire rotation Types of tires Wheel tire size Wheels and tires Top tether strap child restraints 0 0 000 1 40 Towing Flat TOWING sser Tow truck towing Towing a trailer Towing load specification chart 9 17 TOWING Safely icceccarcaciareaccarsardetsascarenssensascs 9 19 Trailer TOWING nns ccncnscscersatsenscssarsezscnsascanecstanensie 9 17 Transceiver HomeLink Universal TWANSCOINGRiscivsrneiseetd acd cts E Ea 2 40 Transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 15 Driving with automatic transmission 5 12 Transmission selector lever lock ROIS ASCs ce E sees coda bees hes aes clei Shoat 5 15 Transmitter With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key system 0 ee 3 21 Transmitter Without Intelligent Key system See remote keyless entry system 0 0 3 5 Traveling or re
149. bout 45 seconds power to the sunroof is canceled Sliding the sunroof To fully open or close the sunroof press the switch to the CLOSE or OPEN side for less than 1 second and release it it need not be held The roof will automatically open or close all the way To stop the roof press the switch once more while it is opening or closing To open or close the sunroof and stop on the way press the switch to the CLOSE or OPEN side The roof will stop when releasing the switch Tilting the sunroof To tilt up first close the sunroof then press the UP side of the switch and release it it need not be held To tilt down the sunroof press the DOWN side Sun shade Open or close the sun shade by sliding it backward or forward The shade will open automatically when the sunroof is opened However it must be closed manually Auto reverse function When closing or tilting down the sunroof The auto reverse function can be activated when the sunroof is closed or tilted down by automatic operation when the ignition key is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the sunroof occurs AA WARNING There are some small distances imme diately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all pass
150. celerator pedal when the engine starts e Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 to 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure Starting and driving 5 11 CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again other wise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at mod erate speed for a short distance first espe cially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 to 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start 5 12 Starting and driving DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5 speed automatic transmission The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled by a transmission con trol module to produce maximum power and smooth operation Shown on the following pages are the recom mended operating procedures for t
151. chains on a T type spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY Do not use the chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself Front lel ix Ri SDI0724 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation INFINITI recommends that tires be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m See Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section for tire replacing procedures Wear indicator Location mark MDI0004 Tire wear and damage WARNING e Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulging or objects caught in the tread If ex cessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire should be replaced The original tires have a built in tread wear indicator When the wear indica tor is visible the tire should be re placed e Improper service for a spare tire may result in serious personal injury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact your INFINITI dealer e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equ
152. chip Black PM INFINITI Valet key With built in transponder chip Key number plate Wallet key Key case Card type SPA1420A A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see an INFINITI dealer for duplicates by using the key number A key number is necessary when you have lost 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your INFINITI dealer can duplicate it INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM IVIS KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master or valet keys which are registered to the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System com ponents in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks The valet key cannot be used for glove box lock To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the valet key only Never leave these keys in the vehicle INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System KEY Master and Valet keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra INFINITI Ve hicle Immobilizer System keys Your INFINITI dealer can duplicate it As many as 5 IVIS keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all IVIS keys that you have to your INFINITI dealer for registration This is be cause the r
153. ck response Sound if so equipped The beep sounds when unlocking door with the Intelligent request switch can be turned on or off Return all settings to default When this key is selected and turned on using the ENTER button all settings made by VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS will return to the initial conditions Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 11 SYSTEM SETTINGS O Beep Setting SAA0707 System settings Language Unit The LANGUAGE UNIT screen will appear when selecting the Language Unit key and pushing the ENTER button Language English or French Unit US Mile F MPG Metric km C L 100 km You can select the language and unit using the joystick and ENTER button Beep setting When Beep setting is on indicator light on a beep will sound if the any audio button is pushed DAY NIGHT BUTTON To change the display brightness push the DAY NIGHT button Pushing the button again will change the display to DAY or NIGHT display Then adjust the brightness moving the joystick right or left If no operation is done within 10 seconds or if the PREV button is pushed the display will return to the previous display HOW TO USE THE TRIP BUTTON When the TRIP button is pushed the follow ing models will display on the screen Warning message if there are any TRIP 1 Elapsed Time Driving Distance
154. commended fuel NUDNIC ANS a3 ister Go etic thts ils as 9 2 Changing engine coolant 0 8 10 Changing engine oil and filter 8 12 Checking engine coolant level 0 00 8 9 Checking engine oil level Coolant temperature gauge Engine block heater Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine cooling system cee eee 8 9 ENGINE Ol eis terete elect clee ects cede tia 8 11 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil viscosity 9 5 Engine serial number 9 12 Engine specifications 0 cee 9 8 If your vehicle overheats ee 6 11 Starting the engine 5 11 Event Data Recorders 9 25 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 000 5 2 F F M V S S certification label 9 12 Filter Air cleaner housing filter 000 8 20 Changing engine oil and filter 8 12 Flashers See hazard warning flasher SWIC pcre teens Pesta boris ois aeee Ais Flat tire Flat tire Low tire pressure warning SYSTEM inini 5 3 5 4 Flat towing 9 21 Floor mat cleaning 7 4 Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 15 Brake tluid ennyn 8 15 Capacities and recommended fuel UDCA S sez ccecsccc secre ceeds ce eecea tee leek 9 2 Engine coolant 8 9 Engine oil 8 11 Power steering fluid s 8 15 Window washer fluid 0 2 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 16 FM AM SAT radio with cassette player and Compact Disc CD changet
155. control system may not operate properly and the vehicle dynamic con trol off indicator light may come on The vehicle dynamic control system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road When driving on unstable surfaces such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer or glycerin to it through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For additional information see Engine cooling system in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during ex tremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information see Battery in the 8 Mainte nance and do it yourself section DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system by open ing the drain plug located under the radiator Refill before operatin
156. cornering or sudden steer ing maneuvers because these driving prac tices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle a loss of con trol could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt See Seat belts in the 1 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems section Also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AA WARNING Never drive under the influence of alco hol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgment Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likeli hood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Addition ally if you are injured in the accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury INFINITI is committed to safe driving You must not drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured o
157. cts or vehicles in other lanes When the Preview Function operates the brake pedal may move slightly and may make a small noise This is not a system malfunction CRUISE SSD0339 Warning light and display When the Preview Function is not operating properly the buzzer sounds and the system warning light Orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off and then perform the settings again If the indicator stays on it may indicate that the Preview Function is malfunctioning the brake is operative Although the Ve hicle is still driveable under normal condi tions have the vehicle checked at an IN FINITI dealer How to handle the sensor The sensor for the Preview Function that is common with Intelligent Cruise Control is lo cated below the front bumper To keep the Preview Function operating prop erly be sure to observe the following e Always keep the sensor clean Wipe dirty parts with a soft cloth carefully so as not to damage them e Do not impact the areas around the sensor Do not touch or disassemble the screw located on the sensor Doing so could cause failure or malfunction If the sensor installation part is deformed due to an ac cident contact an INFINITI dealer e Do not attach a sticker including transpar ent material or install an accessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunction
158. d in the tank MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or mainte nance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precautions which should be closely observed AA WARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the ve hicle from moving Move the selector lever to P Park position e Be sure the ignition key is OFF or LOCK when performing any parts re placement or repairs e Your vehicle is equipped with an au tomatic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not run ning To avoid injury always discon nect the negative battery cable before working near the fan e If you must work with the engine Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 running keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts e Itis advised to secure or remove any loose clothing and any jewelry such as rings watches etc before work ing on your vehicle e Always wear eye protection when ever you work on your vehicle e If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape e Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is nec
159. d off and e the CD will start to play if the last play was a CD e the DVD will start to play if the last play was a DVD gt gt 44 FF Fast Forward REW Rewind The following functions are available only for CD changer not available for family entertain ment system When the pp fast forward or qq rewind button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed APS Automatic Program gt I lt Search FF APS REW When the Pl APS FF button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is being played the program next to the present one will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through programs The compact disc will advance the number of times the button is pushed When the last program on the compact disc is skipped through the first program will be played When the I APS REW button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds the program being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through programs The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pushed When pushing the Pl APS FF or 4 APS REW button for more than 1 5 seconds each track will play for about 10 seconds To stop playing push the Pl but ton again CD PLAY button To change CD push the CD
160. d only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle This system is known as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children system This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system compatible child restraints Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with the LATCH system This information may also be in the child restraint owner s manual If you have such a child restraint refer to the illustration for the rear seating positions equipped with LATCH system anchors which can be used to secure the child restraint The LATCH system anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH system anchors Some child restraints may also require the use of a top tether strap See Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installa tion instructions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those sup
161. designed to tion and remove the key if a metal key is use a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to used assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed espe cially in sharp turns or at low speeds 3 To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into WARNING the street when parked on a sloping drive way it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated e HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB 4 Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves Starting and driving 5 43 BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels Vacuum assisted brake The brake booster aids braking by using en gine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer Wet brakes When the vehicle is w
162. drive positioner in the 3 ree pee ee tous iemel Pre driving checks and adjustments for auto J ri matic drive positioner operation 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems Forward and een backward Reclining SS0182 Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seat back forward again move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precau tions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback may be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked Seat lifter Pull the switch up or push it down to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 3 SSS0242 SS0247 Lumbar support Drivers seat if so equipped The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver Push each side of the switch to adjust the seat lumbar area REAR SEAT ADJUSTMENT Folding 1 Remove the head restraints 2 Pull the seat belt to side 3 After removing the cargo cover if so equipped pul
163. drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed follow either of these three methods a Push the cancel switch The SET indicator light will go out b Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator light will go out c Turn the main switch off Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator lights will go out e f you depress the brake pedal while push ing the RES ACCEL set switch and reset at the cruising speed turn the main switch off once and then turn it on again e The cruise control will automatically be can celled if the vehicle slows down below approximately 8 MPH 13 km h e Move the selector lever to N Neutral po sition The SET indicator light will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch b Push and hold the RES ACCEL set switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch c Push then quickly release the RES ACCEL set switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it b Push and hold the COAST SET switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed
164. e smart or learn program button Indicator light Orange SIC2071 1 To begin press and hold the 2 outer HomeLink buttons to clear the memory until the indicator light blinks slowly after 20 seconds Release both buttons 2 Position the end of the hand held transmit ter 1 3 inches away from the HomeLink surface 3 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held trans mitter button DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed 4 Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on the HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapidly flashing blink This could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flashing light indicates successful program ming To activate the garage door or other programmed device press and hold the Instruments and controls 2 41 programmed HomeLink button releasing when the device begins to activate 5 If the indicator light on the HomeLink blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train the HomeLink to complete the programming which may require a ladder and another person for convenience 6 Press and release the smart or learn program button
165. e an accident e Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts after the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the tire placard affixed to the inside of the driver side center pillar For models equipped with the low tire pressure warning system After adjusting tire pressure to the COLD tire pressure the display of the tire pressure infor mation may show higher pressure than the COLD tire pressure after the vehicle has been driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km This is because the tire pressurizes as the tire tem perature rises This does not indicate a system malfunction SCE0449 SCE0463 Stowing the damaged tire and tools Install the jack holder in the correct direction Refer to the illustration Turn the jack handle to secure the jack holder to the jack Securely store the spare tire and jacking equipment in the vehicle In case of emergency 6 7 JUMP STARTING To sta
166. e im pact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag and curtain side impact air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain side impact air bag inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag and curtain air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational AA WARNING e Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door fin isher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the side a
167. e set button to set the desired temperature The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the sys tem may not work properly e Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging i Push the lt y FRONT defroster button on The indicator light on the button will come on Push the temperature set button to set the desired temperature To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows push the fan speed control button A and set to the maximum position Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 19 e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode e When the g front defroster button is pushed the air conditioner will automati cally be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculate mode will automati cally be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging per formance MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control Push the fan control button 0 amp to manually control the fan speed Push the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Push the air recirculation button lt amp to recir culate
168. e sweep operation of the wiper Pull the lever toward you S to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate sev eral times AA WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer so lution may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the wind shield CAUTION The following could damage the washer system e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the res ervoir tank is empty REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH SIC1959 The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF posi tion to operate the wiper Intermittent intermittent operation not adjustable Low continuous low speed operation Push the switch forward 3 to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate sev eral times Instruments and controls 2 19 CAUTION e If the rear window wiper operation is interrupted by snow etc the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor If this occurs turn the wiper switch to OFF and remove the snow etc on and around the wiper arms After about 1 minute turn the switch ON again to operate the wiper e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if reservoir tank is empty AA WARNING
169. e the air conditioner only when necessary e When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag AWD WARNING LIGHT Warning light Comes on or blinks when sly There is a malfunction in the all wheel drive system e EN Comes on The power train oil temperature rises abnormally The difference in wheel rotation is large Blinks slowly SD0336 The AWD warning light is located in the meter The AWD warning light comes on when the key switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system the warning light comes on while engine is running The warning light may blink rapidly about twice per second while trying to free a stuck vehicle due to high power train oil temperature The driving mode may change to 2 wheel drive If the warning light blinks rapidly stop the vehicle with the engine idling in a safe place immediately Then if the light goes off after a while you can continue driving A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two sec onds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn If the warning light is blinking after the above operation have your vehicle checked by
170. e the engine braking effect When ascending on a long grade down shift the transmission to a lower gear and reduce speed to reduce chances of engine overloading and or overheating If the engine coolant rises to an extremely high temperature when the air conditioning system is on turn off the air conditioner Coolant heat can be additionally vented by opening the windows switching the fan control to high and setting the temperature control to the HOT position Trailer towing consumes more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended maintenance schedule e When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly causing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect vehicle handling If swaying does occur firmly grip the steering wheel steer straight ahead and immediately but gradually re duce vehicle speed This combination will help stabilize the vehicle Never increase speed Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal pass in
171. eady condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emis sion control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving pat terns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern an INFINITI dealer can conduct it for you A WARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and prudent manner according to traffic con ditions and obey all traffic laws 1 Start the engine Allow the engine to idle until the engine coolant temperature gauge needle points between the C and H normal operating temperature 9 24 Technical and consumer information 2 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accelerator pedal completely and keep it released for at least 6 seconds 3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 to 60 MPH 86 to 96 km h for at least 5 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle Leave the engine running 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 3 times 7 Accelerate t
172. ease it b Push and hold the COAST SET switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed c Push then quickly release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h Automatic cancellation A buzzer sounds under the following condi tions and the control is automatically canceled e When the vehicle slows down over 8 MPH 13 km h than the set speed e When the vehicle speed falls below ap proximately 20 MPH 32 km h e When the selector lever is shifted to a position other than D Drive including the manual shift mode e When the parking brake is applied e When the VDC operates except ABS which is functional with ICC system opera tion CRUISE SSD0332 Warning light When the system is not operating properly the buzzer sounds and the system warning light Orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off and then perform the setting again If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer BRAKE ASSIST
173. ecessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening Do not overfill Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 1 Remove the cell plugs 2 Add distilled water up to the MAX level 3 Tighten cell plugs Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 Indicator SD11480 DRIVE BELTS VOQ35DE SDI1549 VK45DE SDI1411A JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump start ing in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact your INFINITI dealer 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself qafen ns Power steering fluid pump Alternator Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor Tension checking points ao e oO hy S Water pump Alternator Crankshaft pulley Power steering fluid pump Air conditioner compressor 1 Visually inspect each belt for signs of un usual wear cuts fraying oil adhesion or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by your INFINITI dealer Have the belts checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule in the INFINITI ser vice and maintenance guide ie SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped SDI0145 REPLACING SPARK PL
174. ecured in the latched position and the rear cen ter seat belt connector is completely secured e If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sudden stop SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender is available The extender adds approximately 8 inches 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See your INFINITI dealer for assistance if the ex tender is required AA WARNING e Only INFINITI belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment belts should be used with INFINITI belts e Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal in jury in the event of an accident e Never use seat belt extenders to in stall child restraints If the child re straint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbings apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then brush the webbing wipe it with a cloth and allow it to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are com pletely dry
175. ed to be properly restrained The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ib 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Front facing child re straints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints AA WARNING Infants and children need special pro tection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All US states and provinces of Canada require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child restraints later in this section In addition there are many types of child restraints available for larger children which should be used for maximum protection INFINITI recommends that all preteens and children be restrained in the rear seat According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem air bag system for the front passen 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems ger See Supplemental Restraint System earlier in this section for precautions Infants and s
176. ee eee seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 8 15 AKG MUG ezis aae aa AES 8 15 Window washer flUid 0 0 eee eee terete 8 16 Banen reer er eeere a ere reece errr rere 8 17 JUMP Starting airian 8 18 Drive DGS scsi cinerea dni ntiadwa tne 8 18 Spaik PlUGS cisien aiea 8 19 Replacing spark pIUQS eee eee eeee 8 19 All ClO AN GF ciii i rnein cere 8 20 Windshield wiper blades eee eee 8 20 Cleaning FRO PIECING ssc zecastesatess a S ER Rear window wiper blade eee eens Parking brake and brake pedal Checking parking brake ou eee Checking brake pedal eeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeees Brake booster Engine compartment isisisi Passenger compartment Tire pressure sesse Tire labeling iissa Types of tires Tire Chains sanss Changing wheels and tires MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your new INFINITI has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your INFINITI s good mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the specified maintenance and the gen eral maintenance are performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance care You are a vital link in the maintenance chain Scheduled maintenance For your co
177. egistration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these compo nents will only recognize keys coded into the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System IVIS during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with salt water This could affect system function DOORS AA WARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintention ally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic e Do not leave children unattended in side the vehicle They could unknow ingly activate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents If your vehicle is equipped with a Intelligent Key system please refer to Intelligent Key system later in this section SPA1442 LOCKING WITH KEY Driver s door only The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously e Turning the driver s door ke
178. eld transmitter to HomeLink continue to press and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 through 4 under Programming HomeLink while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful programming NOTE If programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener compo nents OPERATING THE HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver once programmed may now be used to activate the garage door etc To operate simply press the appropriate programmed HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being trans mitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries e position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface e press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption e position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 inches 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in anothe
179. em is intended to enhance the opera tion of the vehicle when following another vehicle traveling in the same lane and direc tion If the distance sensor detects a slower moving vehicle ahead of you the system will reduce your speed so that you follow the vehicle in front of you at the selected distance The system automatically controls the throttle and applies the brakes up to 25 of vehicle braking power if necessary The detection range of the sensor is approxi mately 390 ft 120 m ahead AA WARNING e This system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warn ing or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times e The system is primarily intended for use on straight dry open roads with light traffic It is not advisable to use 5 20 Starting and driving the system in city traffic or congested areas e This system will not adapt automati cally to road conditions This system should be used in evenly flowing traf fic Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves or on icy roads in heavy rain or in fog The distance sensor will not detect under most conditions e Stationary and slow moving vehicles e Pedestrians or objects in the roadway e Oncoming vehicles in the same lane e Motorcycles or scooters traveling offset in the travel lane This system will not automatically brake the vehicle to a stop T
180. en and have the vehicle inspected immediately e Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage e Do not park the vehicle with the en gine running for any extended length of time e Keep the back door closed while driv ing otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger com partment If you must drive with the back door open follow these precau tions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation switch OFF and the fan control at maxi mum position to circulate the air e If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the back door or the body follow the manufacturer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle If a special body or other equipment is added for recreational or other us age follow the manufacturer s rec ommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle Some recreational vehicle appli ances such as stoves refrigerator heaters etc may also generate car bon monoxide The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involv ing damage to the exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catal
181. en programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation The transmitter has been tested and com plies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the device DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CB2V67690 Instruments and controls 2 43 MEMO 2 44 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments Keys except Intelligent Key eee 3 2 Infiniti vehicle immobilizer system IVIS keys 3 2 EEA E E 3 3 Locking with key Driver s door onlly 3 3 Locking with inside lock KnOb eee 3 4 Locking with power door lock Switch 3 4 Child safety rear door lOCK sasen 3 5 Remote keyless entry system models without Intelligent Key System eee eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 3 5 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 5 Battery replacement
182. en the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the lever to the P Park position Starting and driving 5 13 A amp A CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before se lecting R Reverse The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving Manual shift mode When the selector lever is shifted from D to the manual shift gate with the vehicle stopped or while driving the transmission enters the 5 14 Starting and driving manual shift mode Shift range can be se lected manually In the manual shift mode the shift range is displayed on the position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows gt gt gt gt
183. ency 6 5 the jack provided with other vehicles to your vehicle The jack is designed only for lifting your vehicle during a tire change e Use the correct jack up points never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support e Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary e Never use blocks on or under the jack e Do not start or run engine while ve hicle is on the jack as it may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip dif ferential carriers e Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack 6 6 In case of emergency SCE0039 Installing the spare tire The T type spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence as illustrated 4 Lower the vehicle completely AY WARNING e Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could caus
184. ended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e a scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e a sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support e a shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow e Never install tire chains on TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tires 5 48 Starting and driving DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AA WARNING Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have a lot less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with caution Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or down shifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reaching it Try not to brake while actually on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers e Do not use cruise control on slippery roads e Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER
185. engers have their hands etc in side the vehicle before closing the sun roof When closing If the control unit detects something caught in the sunroof as it moves to the front the sunroof will immediately open backward When tilting down If the control unit detects something caught in the sunroof as it tilts down the sunroof will immediately tilt up AA WARNING e In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open sunroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the sunroof is clos ing CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the sunroof before open ing e Do not place any heavy object on the sunroof or surrounding area Instruments and controls 2 37 If the sunroof does not close If the sunroof does not close or open automati cally use the following procedure to return sunroof operation to normal 1 Press the switch to the CLOSE UP side to tilt up the sunroof 2 Press and hold the switch to the CLOSE UP side for approximately 3 sec onds while the sunroof is tilted up 3 Release the switch once then press and hold the switch to the CLOSE UP side again for approximately 10 seconds until the sunroof moves automatically 4 The sunroof will automatically open and then close all the way If you failed at procedure 3 repeat
186. engine undercover a Remove the small plastic clips at the rear side of the undercover b Then remove the other bolts that hold the undercover in place 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself Filter wre CZ SD1I1550 Engine oil and filter 1 2 3 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug Remove the oil filler cap Remove the drain plug with a wrench and completely drain the oil CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil is hot Waste oil must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag Be sure to remove any old rubber gasket remaining on the mounting surface of the engine Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt then tighten additionally more than 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 11 to 15 ft lb 14 7 to 20 5 N m Clean and re install the drain plug with a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Drain plug tightening torque 22 to 29 ft lb 29 to 39 N m Do not use excessive force Refill engine with recommended oil and install the cap securely Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in
187. er and audio systems 4 3 If YES key is selected using the joystick the screen will turn off after 2 beep sound and approximately 1 second To turn on the screen push any button of CONTROL PANEL air conditioner except rear window defroster button or audio button Language The language can be changed to English or Fran ais using the joystick Beep set If the beep set OFF key is selected using the joystick the beep sound will not operate ex cept some caution beep sounds Service alert If the service alert ON key is selected the information will be displayed when the engine oil and the tire rotation reaches the preset driving distance Personalized setting menu You can set the electronic systems as follows using the joystick Slide back DR seat when on exit if so equipped The drivers seat automatically moves back and returns to the original position for excep tional ease of exit and entry Lift steering column on exit if so equipped The steering column automatically tilts up and returns to the original position for exceptional ease of entry and exit Remote unlock door logic This key can switch the unlock doors of the 1st unlocking operation as follows Only the driver side door All the doors Horn chirp with remote This key changes the horn chirp mode occur ring when pressing the LOCK button on the keyfob Lamps flash with remote This key changes the
188. er may warn you unexpectedly You will then have to manually control the 5 24 Starting and driving proper distance ahead of your vehicle If you are driving on the freeway at a set speed and come upon a slower vehicle ahead the ICC will attempt to match that vehicle s speed and maintain a selected following distance If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway the ICC system will accelerate the vehicle to match the set speed Pay attention to the driving operation to maintain control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this happens drive without the ICC system SD0316 Intelligent cruise control switch The system is operated by a master ON OFF switch and four control switches all mounted on the steering wheel 1 ON OFF switch Master switch to activate the system 2 ACCELERATE RESUME switch Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally 3 CANCEL switch Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed 4 COAST SET switch Sets desired cruise speed reduces speed incrementally 5 DISTANCE switch Changes the following distance from Maxi mum Intermediate Minimum SSD0325 Intelligent cruise control system display The display is located under the tachometer 1 Intelligent Cruise Control system warning light Orange The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the IC
189. er switch P 2 19 Windshield P 8 20 Sunroof P 2 36 Power windows P 2 35 Towing hook P 6 14 Fog light and switch P 2 25 Tire pressure P 8 32 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire chains P 8 37 Mirrors P 3 31 Door and locks P 3 3 Trunk lid P 3 25 Rear wiper P 8 22 Rear combination light P 8 28 Fuel filler lid P 3 27 Child safety locks P 3 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 1 2345 6789 10 11 1213 14 15 16 1718192021 22 23 24 25 26 272829 3026 31 1C2134 1 Outside mirror remote control P 3 32 5 Headlight aiming control switch P 2 23 2 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch 6 Trip odometer select knob P 2 4 P 2 20 7 Steering switch for Audio P 4 33 3 Trip odometer reset knob P 2 4 8 Security indicator light P 2 18 9 Meters and gauges P 2 3 1 4 Instrument brightness control switch 0 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 19 P 2 24 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Cruise control main set switch P 5 16 or Intelligent cruise control switch if so equipped P 5 18 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 19 Ignition switch P 5 8 Ignition knob P 3 13 Center ventilator P 4 16 Display Climate and Audio control switches buttons P 4 2 Navigation sys tem Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 19 Snow mode switch P 2 27 Hood release handle P 3 25 Fuse box P 8 23 VDC OFF
190. erating conditions due to premature tire failure or unfa vorable handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified capac ity may also result in failure of other vehicle components e Before taking a long trip or whenever you have loaded your vehicle heavily use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressure is at the speci fied level e Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 140 km h unless it is equipped with high speed capability tires Driv ing faster than 85 MPH 140 km h may result in tire failure loss of con trol and possible injury e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet Low tire pressure warning system This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pressure warning system It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The system also displays pressure of all tires ex cept the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel The low tire pressure warning system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 20 MPH 32 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while drivi
191. ertain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental air bag operation The supplemental air bag system has dual stage inflators for both the driver and passen ger air bags The system monitors information from the crash zone sensor the diagnosis sensor unit and seat belt buckle sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and whether the seat belts are being used Only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted This does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about the performance of your air bag system please contact your INFINITI dealer When the supplemental front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breath ing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occu pants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other inju ries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body
192. ervice station for re pairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as greater pedal travel e If the brake fluid level is below the MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at an INFINITI dealer 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by an INFINITI dealer Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging sys tem is not functioning properly Turn the en gine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see your INFINITI dealer immediately AA CAUTION Do not continue driving if the belt is loose broken or missing rhe Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition switch is ON 9 7 Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call an INFINITI dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil
193. es must be at tached only to the vehicle recovery hooks or main structural members of the vehicle Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow the vehicle using the vehicle tie downs or recovery hooks e Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull on the hook at an angle Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steering brake or cool ing systems Pulling devices such as ropes or can vas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery Automatic transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manu facturer s recommendations when using their product If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 3 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control Sys tem Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R reverse and D drive Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shift ing between R and
194. etely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment temperature is extremely high Decrease the tem perature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pin holes may not work prop erly The following CDs may not work prop erly e Copy control compact discs CCCD e Recordable compact discs CD R e Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction e 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round 4 24 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges FM AM SAT RADIO WITH CASSETTE PLAYER AND COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER Mana pa Eats p PUSH Gown SR giz 11 TUNE GHANNEL 0 Ee 5 12 13 14 15 16 SAA0711 1 SEEK APS REW APS FF TRACK CHANGE button 2 RADIO TUNE FF REW button 3 CD LOAD button 4 FM AM band select button 5 CD REAR AV play button 6 TAPE play button 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 SAT satellite band select button if so equipped Station and preset FM AM SAT CD insert eject or CD play select button CD EJECT button PROG program RPT repeat play but ton A B C preset select button PAUSE MUTE b
195. eyfob contact your INFINITI dealer The keyfob will not function when e the battery is completely discharged e the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch AA CAUTION The following conditions or occurrences will damage the keyfob e Do not allow the keyfob to become wet e Do not drop the keyfob e Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object e Do not place the keyfob for an ex tended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C If a keyfob is lost or stolen INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that keyfob This will prevent the keyfob from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure please contact an INFINITI dealer HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle In hazard indicator and horn mode when the Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes once If hazard indicator and horn mode is not nec essary you can switch to hazard indicator only mode by following the switching procedure In hazard indicator only mode when the LOCK button is pushed the haza
196. f each tire properly The order of the tire pressure figures displayed on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position See Tire pressure information in the 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section for tire pressure monitor If you select the tire pressure informa tion in the display if so equipped the FLAT TIRE warning message will be displayed Low tire pressure warning system If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure lower than 26 psi 180 kPa The low tire pressure warning light comes on and the chime sounds for about 10 seconds If you select the tire pressure information in the dis play the FLAT TIRE warning message will be displayed 5 4 Starting and driving AA WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light comes ON and or FLAT TIRE warning is displayed on the display screen while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in seri ous personal injury Check the pres sure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Infor mation label to turn the low tire pres sure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire
197. f your vehicle e if your vehicle tows a trailer etc The ICC system is designed to automatically detect when the sensor is dirty or obstructed If dirt is detected on the sensor the system is automatically canceled If the sensor is cov ered with ice a transparent or translucent vinyl bag etc the ICC system may not detect them If so the ICC system may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance Clean the sensor regularly The ICC system is designed to maintain a selected distance and match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead the system decelerates the vehicle as necessary However the ICC system can only apply up to 25 of the vehicles total braking power Because of this the ICC system should only be used when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to re main fairly constant or vehicle speeds change gradually If a vehicle moves into the lane ahead or if a vehicle ahead rapidly deceler ates the distance between vehicles may be come closer because the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly enough If this occurs the ICC system will sound a warning buzzer and blink the system display to notify the driver to take necessary action Refer to Approach warning later in this section The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach station ary and slow moving vehicles You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from veh
198. fe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AA WARNING Make sure that the parking brake is securely applied and the automatic transmission into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for pro fessional road assistance When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the tire pressure of that tire will not be indicated and not be monitored by the low tire pressure warning system Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting For models with the low tire pressure warning system MCE0001 Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from rolling when it is jacked up AA WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and could cause personal injury In case of emergency 6 3 6 4 In case of emergency Getting the spare tire and tools Pull up the floor cover A and hang the strap to upper body as illustrated Type A Turn the retainer counterclockwise Q and remove the spare tire Type B Turn the retainer counterclockwise 4 re move the subwoofer 2 and place it on the side of the luggage room with the flat surface facing down then remove the spare tire Be careful not to let the subwoofer fal
199. fitted child restraints Under no circum stance is it to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses e After removing a rear seat head re 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems straint for top tether installation store it securely to prevent it from causing injury to passengers or dam age to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident Always re place it and adjust properly when top tether is no longer in use If your child restraint has a top tether strap it must be secured to the anchor point provided behind its position First adjust the seatback so that it is upright Then secure the child restraint with the rear seat belt or the LATCH system outboard positions as applicable Remove the anchor cover from the anchor point as illustrated Keep the removed cover in a secure place to prevent loss or damage Remove the head restraint from the seatback Store it in a secure place Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback and secure it to the tether anchor bracket that provides the straightest installation Tighten the tether strap according to the manufactur er s instruction to remove any slack For best child restraint fit see the child re straint installation instructions in this section and the child restraint manufacturer s instruc tions Anchor point locations Anchor points are located on the ceiling above the luggage room If you have any quest
200. g Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes To maintain engine braking efficiency and electrical charging performance do not use or overdrive automatic transmission Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency When towing a trailer change transmission oil more frequently FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home CAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission dam age e Whenever flat towing your vehicle always tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmis sion vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication Technical and consumer information 9 21 e For emergency towing procedures see Towing recommended by INFINITI in the 6 In case of emer gency section of this manual Refer to Towing recommended by INFINITI earlier in this chapter To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manu facturer
201. g the vehicle See En gine cooling system in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine coolant TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires are of a tread design to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads INFINITI recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Please consult your INFINITI dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability information 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some prov inces and states prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before in stalling studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used if desired Make sure they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before Starting and driving 5 47 installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are in stalled according to the chain manufactur ers suggestions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on ve
202. ges Seat belt warning light ENGINE Malfunction indicator lamp MIL Brake warning light Supplemental air bag warning light SLIP Slip indicator light Intelligent Key warning light if so SNOW equipped Automatic transmission position indica tor light 9 Cruise main switch indicator light VDC Vehicle dynamic control off indicator Green OFF light Charge warning light Snow mode indicator light Door open warning light Turn signal hazard indicator lights Engine oil pressure warning light P position selecting warning light and chime if so equipped Cruise set switch indicator light CHECKING BULBS A ABS or sie BE sofi WARNING LIGHTS Apply the parking brake and turn the ignition oO OF Se switch to ON without starting the engine The eA light fails to come on it may indicate a ABS or Anti lock brake following lights will come on burned out bulb or an open circuit in the elec warning light erake OF Sy o E E trical system Have the system repaired If the light comes on while the engine is AWD cause SET promptly running it may indicate the anti lock brake The following lights come on briefly and then system is not functioning properly Have the go off system checked by your INFINITI dealer Instruments and controls 2 9 If an abnormality occurs in the
203. gistering your vehicle in another COUNMY cresine ae a TE EEEF 9 11 Trouble shooting guide for Intelligent Key SYSIOM eoor TSE EEEE Los i Ei 3 19 T rm signal SWitOh iisisti 2 25 U Underbody cleaning cccccceseeeeeeeeee 7 3 Uniform tire quality grading 9 22 Vv Valet key for Intelligent Key system Vanity mirror light Vehicle Dimensions and weights 0006 9 10 Identification number VIN ce 9 11 Loading information ar Recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 14 Security SYStOM anirnar rnintin 2 16 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWITCH erieureuci serene oecrae 2 28 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 46 Vehicle electronic systemS 0 c 4 10 Vehicle load capacity cccecceeeeeee 9 16 N MULALONS is rsen ayrinti year dala 4 16 Ww Warning labels Air bag warning labels 1 19 Warning light Air bag warning light 1 19 2 13 Anti lock brake warning light 0 00 2 9 AWD all wheel drive warning light 2 10 AWD warning light 0 0 c ce Brake warning light Door open warning light Intelligent Key warning light 0 0 00 Low tire pressure warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Warnings cta Warning Hazard warning flasher switch 2 25 Warning Low tire pressure warning SYSTEM ccises sstcnrssccercaemactmcadanmciaenatnaes 5 3 5 4 6 2 Warning Warning indicator l
204. gnals direct and re flected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also subject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for sev eral seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION You must have a contract with a satellite radio provider to receive satellite radio program ming When the satellite radio is first installed or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunc tion Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data Satellite radio performance may be effected if cargo carried on the roof rack blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite radio antenna AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Cassette player e To maintain good quality sound I
205. hat the vents are closed when the vent switch is moved to the left This symbol indicates that the vents are open when the vent switch is moved to the right Rear Side f rites y SAA0709 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 17 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER Automatic 8 Temperature control button passenger side 9 OFF button for climate control system 10 gt air recirculation button 11 g rear window defroster button re fer to the 2 Instrument and controls section 12 DUAL passenger side temperature con trol ON OFF button SAA0710 1 Temperature control button driver only or driver and passenger 2 AUTO climate control ON button 3 a air fresh button 4 lt q front defroster button 5 A C air conditioner ON OFF button 6 Fan speed control button 7 MODE manual air flow control button 4 18 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems AA WARNING e The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is run ning e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or pos sibly fatal injuries to people or ani mals e Do not use the recirculation m
206. he NAVIGATION KEYS will be used to navigate Up Down Left and Right within the menu ENTER In MENU mode push the ENTER button to select MENU items Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 39 In the display menu push the ENTER button to select items for modification as per the on screen instructions MENU If the media is in PLAY mode and the MENU button is pressed the DVD menu will appear on the screen Use Navigation Keys to navi gate within the menu and use ENTER to select the item Push the MENU button again to return to PLAY mode TITLE Remote control only Push TITLE button to return the DVD media to the title of the DVD Push TITLE button again to return to the previous stop point and play RETURN Remote control only Push RETURN function to exit the current active menu and return to the previous menu SUBTITLES Remote control only Push the SUBTITLES button to call up subtitle selection menu Repeatedly press the SUBTITLE button to cycle through each available subtitle AUDIO Remote control only Push the AUDIO button to call up audio menu Repeatedly press the AUDIO button to cycle through each available audio track ANGLE Remote control only Push the ANGLE button to call up camera angle menu Repeatedly press the ANGLE button to cycle through each available angle CLEAR Remote control only Push the CLEAR button to clear all numeric input
207. he road conditions The ICC system maintains the set vehicle speed similar to standard cruise control as long as no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead The ICC system displays the set speed Vehicle detected ahead When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by controlling the throttle and applying the brakes to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead The system then controls the vehicle speed based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain a driver selected distance The stoplights of the vehicle come on and the brake pedal depresses when braking is performed by the ICC system CAUTION Never place your foot under the brake pedal when the brake is operated by the Intelligent Cruise Control system You may get your foot caught in the pedal When a vehicle ahead is detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator comes on The ICC system will also display the set speed and selected distance Vehicle ahead not detected When a vehicle is not longer detected ahead the ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed The ICC system then maintains the set speed When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration to the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC system is in operation the system recontrols the distance to the vehicle CRUISE
208. he system will cancel and a warning buzzer will sound if the speed falls below approxi mately 20 MPH 32 km h Also the system will be disengaged below the 20 MPH 32 km h cut off speed or over the maximum set speed The following items are controlled when the selector lever is in the D Drive position ex cept in the manual shift mode e When there are no vehicles ahead the vehicle with this system maintains the speed set by the driver The driver can set the speed between approximately 25 and 90 MPH 40 and 144 km h e When there is a vehicle ahead the ICC system changes vehicle speed between approximately 20 MPH 32 km h and the set speed to match the speed of the vehicle ahead and maintain the driver selected distance between vehicles e When the vehicle ahead disappears the vehicle with this system accelerates up to and maintains the set speed AA WARNING e As there is a performance limit to the distance control function never rely solely on the Intelligent Cruise Con trol system This system does not correct careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visibility in rain fog or other bad weather Decelerate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal depending on the distance to the ve hicle ahead and the surrounding cir cumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles Although the brake operation is con trolled by the system the system does not automatical
209. he vehicle Be sure to use the engine brake The foot brake performance may be re duced resulting in a possible acci dent Stay alert when driving to the top of a 5 6 Starting and driving hill At the top there could be a drop off or other hazard that could cause an accident If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill never attempt to turn around Your vehicle could tip or roll over Always back straight down in R Reverse range Never back down in N Neutral using only the brake as this could cause loss of control Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade resulting in loss of control and an accident Apply brakes lightly and use a low range to control your speed Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough ter rain Properly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers To avoid raising the center of gravity excessively do not exceed the rated capacity of the roof rack if so equipped and evenly distribute the load Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible Do not equip the vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual This could cause your ve hicle to roll over Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving off road The steering wheel could move suddenly and injure your hands In stead drive with your f
210. he vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 min utes 8 Stop the vehicle Place the transmission gear selector lever in the P or N position 9 Rev the engine up between 2 500 and 3 500 rpm and hold it there for 3 consecu tive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely 10 Wait 5 seconds with the engine at idle 11 Rev the engine up between 2 000 and 3 000 rpm and maintain that speed for 5 consecutive minutes 12 Turn the engine off 13 Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one more time If step 1 through 7 is interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is ac ceptable between steps Do not stop the en gine until step 7 is completed EVENT DATA RECORDERS Your vehicle is equipped with a variety of computers that monitor and control a number of systems to optimize performance and help service technicians with diagnosis and repair Depending on the equipment on your vehicle some of the computers monitor emission con trol systems braking systems and air bag systems just to name a few Some data about vehicle operation may be stored in the com puters for use during servicing Other data may be stored if a crash event occurs For example air bag readiness air bag perfor mance and seat belt use by the driver or passenger may be recorded depending on vehicle equipment These types of systems are sometimes called Event Data Recorders Special equ
211. heck its operation See your INFINITI dealer if you need any assistance for replacement If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 4 above e Be careful not to touch the circuit board and the battery terminal e An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant however if it gets wet immediately wipe it com pletely dry e When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the keyfob FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This de vice may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device LIGHTS 14 15 16 SDI1526 Clearance light Daytime running light Canada Headlight low beam high beam Front turn signal light Front side marker light Interior light Map light Ceiling light if so equipped Rear personal light Luggage light side Front fog light Step light High mounted stop light Luggage light roof License plate light Back up light Tail Stop Turning signal lights
212. hes under depressing force 44 Ib 196 N 3 3 in 83 8 mm oo CES 110 Ib 490 N SDI1391B DI1020MK CHECKING PARKING BRAKE CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL From the released position depress the park With the engine running check the distance ing brake pedal slowly and firmly and check between the upper surface of the pedal and the distance between the initial and final posi the metal floor If it is out of the range shown tion of the pedal If itis out of the range shown above see your INFINITI dealer INFINITI dealer eas seer NON aoa Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself AA WARNING See your INFINITI dealer and have it checked if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping or screeching sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indi cator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions oc casional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake ins
213. hil dren who should always be properly restrained SS0159 SSS0162 e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 13 SS0244 Crash zone sensor Supplemental curtain side impact air bags Supplemental side air bag modules Supplemental front air bag modules Diagnosis sensor unit Seat belt pre tensioner retractor Satellite sensors Supplemental curtain side impact air bag modules Supplemental front air bag system ON Oa OO PD The driver supplemental air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel the front passenger supplemental air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box These systems are designed to meet optional certification requirements under U S regula tions They are also permitted in Canada The optional certification allows front air bags to be designed to inflate somewhat less forcefully than previously However all of the informa tion cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems impact They may not inflate in c
214. his number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 94 This num ber is the tire s load index It is a measure ment of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law H Speed Rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time The ratings range from 98 miles per hour MPH to 186 MPH You may not find this infor mation on all tires because it is not required by law DOT XX XX XXX XXXX SDI1607 TIN Tire Identification Number for new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Department of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Num ber 2 Two digit code Manufacturer s identifica tion mark 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit code Tire type code Optional Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 5 Four digit code Date of Manufacture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greates
215. his trans mission Follow these procedures for maxi mum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal and push the selector lever button before shifting the selector lever to the R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the selector lever This automatic transmission model is de signed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is ON The selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed from the switch 1 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push the selector lever button to shift into a driving gear 2 Release the parking brake and foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion AA WARNING Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive or manual shift mode Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is com pleted Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an acci dent e Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up e On slippery roads do not downshift Thi
216. icles ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic jams m egun SSD0252 The detection zone of the ICC sensor is lim ited A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the ICC to maintain the selected distance and to match the speed of a vehicle ahead A vehicle ahead may be outside the detection zone due to its position in the lane Motor cycles and scooters may not be detected in the lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the centerline of the lane A vehicle that is chang ing lanes ahead may be outside the detection zone until it is almost completely in the lane If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the buzzer The driver may have to manually control the proper following distance Starting and driving 5 23 SSD0253 SD0254 When driving on some roads the ICC sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane or may temporarily not detect a vehicle ahead This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle These conditions could happen on winding roads hilly roads entering or exiting a curve narrow roads or in road construction areas Additionally the detection of vehicles can be affected by vehicle opera tion steering maneuver or driving position in the lane or vehicle condition for example if a vehicle is being driven with some damage In such situations the ICC system indicator and buzz
217. if so equipped An engine block heater to assist extreme cold temperature starting is available through your INFINITI dealer WARNING Do not use your heater with an un grounded electrical system or two pronged cheater adapters You can be injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Starting and driving 5 49 MEMO 5 50 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Roadside assistance program 6 2 Melt UI Gics oes ccs a inex teachesdtnsscarsa tectextcaktaeeescecese 6 2 Low tire pressure warning system IT SOSC GUID DCO ic sccoessieccccvenctscescetegctssitesscaaeeneseas Changing a flat tire JUIN SANN Gerini aniani Push St n gennana If your vehicle overheats Towing your vehicle Towing recommended by INFINITI 0000 6 13 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 14 ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM Every new INFINITI comes with a 4 year unlimited mileage Roadside Assistance plan In the event of a roadside emergency Roadside Assistance Service is available to you Please refer to your INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet for details Both the Warranty Booklet and Roadside Assistance Calling Card in your Owners Literature Portfolio provide the Toll Free Number to call for assistance Roadside Assistance is provided 24 hours a day 365 days a year for 4 years from the date sold to give emergency roadside help in the event of mechanical or nonmechanical troub
218. ights and audible SMNI EIS anae aaae ion a 2 9 Warranty Emission control system WATANI cocirier aieiaiee Aa 9 23 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 19 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 19 Washing nrerin an w 7 2 WaXiM scien ccscnecsernecsienecisrenccerentsereacvetvacsareaccanes 7 2 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 10 Wheel tire size Wheels and tr Saprissa 8 32 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels 7 3 Window washer fluid 00 00 cee 8 16 Window s GIG ANING ci caiac8ss5 i cnvserar eictvaelasiasieiernadees 7 3 Power WINDOWS sevsniesanisaraiarasannai 2 35 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 19 Wiper Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 19 Rear window wiper blade 0 e 8 22 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 19 Wiper blades scsi irinse 8 20 X Xenon headlights isisisi 2 20 10 7 MEMO MEMO 10 9 MEMO 10 10 MEMO 10 11 MEMO 10 12 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION VK45 engine In order to maintain engine and exhaust sys tem durability and performance unleaded pre mium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 must be used If premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precautions e H
219. igned to be used primarily to carry passengers and cargo Re member that towing a trailer will place addi tional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steering braking and other systems Information on trailer towing ability and the special equipment required should be ob tained from your INFINITI dealer He can ob tain an INFINITI Trailer Towing Guide for you MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification Chart The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight e When towing a trailer load of 1 000 Ibs 454 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used The maximum GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating should not exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification Chart The GCWR equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle han dling braking and performance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appropriate for level highway driving may have to be reduced on very steep grades or in low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Technical and consumer information 9 17 AA CAUTION
220. ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position To turn on the light again turn the ignition switch to the ON position Instruments and controls 2 39 VANITY MIRROR LIGHT SPA1292A The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened When the vanity mirror light stays on it will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position To turn on the light again turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 40 Instruments and controls HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped The HomeLink Universal Transceiver pro vides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device The HomeLink Universal Transceiver power will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the off position HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and security systems e Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming Once the HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original trans mitter for future programming procedures i e new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle
221. in contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets Open radiator drain plug at the bottom of radiator and remove radiator filler cap Be careful not to allow coolant to con tact drive belts Waste coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations Close the radiator drain plug securely after the coolant is drained 3 Fill the radiator slowly with the proper mix ture of anti freeze solution and demineral ized water distilled water Fill the reservoir tank up to the MAX level Then install the radiator filler cap Start the engine and warm it up until it reaches normal operating temperature Then race the engine 2 or 3 times under no load Watch the engine coolant tempera ture gauge for signs of overheating Stop the engine After it completely cools down refill the radiator up to the filler opening Fill the reservoir tank up to the MAX level Check the drain plug for any sign of leakage Recheck the coolant level after the vehicle has been driven for a day ENGINE OIL VQ35DE XY VK45DE SD1I1240A VQ35DE SDI1402A CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL Te Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil
222. ing section Cruise main switch indicator light Green The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational 2 14 Instruments and controls SET Cruise set switch indicator light The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not func tioning properly Have the system checked by your INFINITI dealer High beam indicator light Blue This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected Intelligent Cruise Control system ON OFF switch indicator light Green if so equipped The light comes on when the ICC system ON OFF switch is pushed The light goes out when the ON OFF switch is pushed again While the ON OFF switch indicator light comes on the ICC system is operational SET Intelligent Cruise Control system set switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the Intelligent Cruise Control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the Intelligent Cruise Control system is not functioning properly Have the system checked b
223. ing light comes on in green If it is turned quickly it may stick and be difficult to turn e The engine may not start if the Intelligent Key is placed e inside the glove box or the door pocket e on the instrument panel Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 ON a QS WY Tf VE Ss Co Ea amp Operating range of the door lock unlock function The outside sensors are in the outside mirrors and the back door 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments The operating range of the door lock unlock function is shown in the illustration Front door 4 39 4 in 1 m from the outside mirror 2 15 75 in 40 cm from the door handle Back door 31 5 in 80 cm from the door handle e f you are too close to the door glass the Intelligent Key may not operate e If the Intelligent Key is in the operating range it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to lock unlock the doors by pushing the door handle re quest switch LLULL A P N F A XK SCE X 4 N SPA1652 Operating range for engine start function The operating range for starting the engine is inside the vehicle e f the Intelligent Key is on the instrument panel inside the glove box or door pocket or the corner of interior compartment it may not be possible to start the engine e Ifthe Intelligent Key is near the do
224. ingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim Before operating the vehicle ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened Always drive with the floor mats in place as the floor may become hot Lower your speed when encounter ing strong crosswinds With a higher center of gravity your INFINITI is more affected by strong side winds Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control e Do not drive beyond the performance of the tires even with AWD engaged Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control If at all possible avoid sharp turning maneuvers particularly at high speeds Your INFINITI all wheel drive vehicle has a higher center of gravity than a two wheel drive vehicle The vehicle is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive vehicles Failure to operate this vehicle correctly could result in loss of control and or a roll over accident Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slip pery roads and drive carefully Be sure to check the brakes immedi ately after driving in mud or water See Brake system later in this sec tion for wet brakes Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward backward or side
225. interior air inside the vehicle The indi cator light on the lt gt button will come on The air recirculation lt amp button cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode g Fresh air Push the button a gt to draw outside air into the passenger compartment The indicator light on the a gt button will come on Automatic intake air control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be controlled automatically To manually control the intake air push the air recirculate gt or fresh air amp amp gt button To return to the auto matic control mode push the indicator illuminated button for about 2 seconds The indicator lights both air recirculate and fresh air buttons will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled automatically Air flow control Pushing the MODE manual air flow control button selects the air outlet to Air flows from center and side ventila tors lt 7 Air flows from center and side ventila tors and foot outlets Air flows mainly from foot outlets wy Air flows from defroster and foot out lets 4 20 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems To turn the system off Push the OFF button OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant tempe
226. ion or deceleration c Avoid steep uphill grades d If possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator lamp may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission control system SUP Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting the driver to the fact that the road surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits SNOW Snow mode switch indicator light When selecting SNOW mode while the engine is running this light will illuminate See SNOW MODE SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and controls section 15 Turn signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on Ope Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light The light comes on when the vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the VDC system and traction control system are not operating When the VDC off indicator light and slip indicator light come on with the VDC system turned on this light alerts
227. ions in this Owners Manual WARNING SRS AIR BAG The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors WARNING SRS SIDE AIR BAG The warning label is attached as shown SPA0945C 0e SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light dis playing inthe instrument panel monitors the circuits of the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt The circuits monitored by the air bag warning light are the diagnosis sensor unit crash zone sensor satellite sensors front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain side impact air bag modules pre tensioner seat belt and all related wiring After turning the ignition switch to the ON Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 19 position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag sys tems and pre tensioner seat belt need servic ing e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately
228. ions when installing a top strap child restraint on the rear seat consult your INFINITI dealer for details love seat fully back SSS0300 INSTALLATION ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT AA WARNING e Never install a rear facing child re straint in the front passenger seat Supplemental air bags inflate with great force A rear facing child re straint could be struck by the supple mental air bag in a crash and could seriously injure or kill your child INFINITI recommends that child re straints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a front facing child restraint in the front pas senger seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost position A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat The three point belt in your vehicle is equipped with a locking mode retrac tor which must be used when install Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 41 R 7 Front faci ing a child restraint Front facing ront facing lt e Failure to use the retractor s locking mode will result in the child restraint E not being properly secured The child restraint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the Front e Sy oy child in a sudden stop or collision Move seat INSERT to fully back SSS0301 SSS0055 Front facing 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child m restr
229. ions will constantly change Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception 4 22 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES spl a Aen eS e FM 25 to 30 mile 40 to 48 Km AM 60 to 130 mile 97 to 209 km P ee SAA0306 FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may some times interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and re ceiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control counterclockwise to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM si
230. ipment can be used to access the electronic data that may be stored in the vehicle s computers sounds are not re corded INFINITI and INFINITI dealers have equipment to access some of this data others may also have this equipment The data may be retrieved during routine vehicle servicing or for special research It might also be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee in response to a request by law enforcement or as otherwise required or permited by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illus trations and step by step diagnostic and ad justment procedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at authorized INFINITI dealerships Also available are genuine INFINITI Owner s Manuals and genuine INFINITI Service and Owner s Manuals for older INFINITI models In the USA For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact Tweddle Litho Company 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see an INFINITI dealer or contact DDS Distribution Services Ltd 20770 Westwood Road Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availabilit
231. ipped See Specifications in the 9 Technical and consumer information sec tion for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels AA WARNING e The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same offset dimen sion Wheels of a different offset could cause early tire wear possibly degraded vehicle handling character istics and or interference with the brake discs Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad wear When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated and the low tire pres sure warning system will not func tion Contact your INFINITI dealer as Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting For models with the low tire pressure warning system e Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warn ing e The use of retread
232. ir bag inflates e Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system com ponents will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn your self No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of this side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag sys tem Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system Tampering with the supplemental system may result in serious per sonal injury For example do not change the front seat by placing ma terial near the seatback or by install ing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag e Work around and on the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag sys tem should be done by an INFINITI dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by an IN FINITI dealer The SRS wiring har nesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electri cal test equipment and probing de vices should not be used on the side air bag system The SRS wiring harnesses are cov ered with yellow insulation either just before the harness connectors or over the complete harness
233. ir conditioner specification label 9 13 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations 4 21 9 7 Heater and air conditioner automatic 4 18 In cabin microfilter ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 21 Alcohol drugs and driving cee 5 5 Anchor point locations Top tether strap 1 41 AMENNA ss cincsacc nie aeii Anti lock Brake System ABS fai Anti lock brake warning light 0 0 ce Appearance care Exterior appearance care 7 2 Interior appearance care eee eeeeereeeeeeee 7 3 Arm ESU wvcvdsicscasssansinsciadobe netics savtaccnavecsseetoeedineeed 1 7 Ashtray See cigarette lighter and ashtray 2 30 Audible reminders ccesceeceeceeeesereeereeeees 2 15 Audio operation precautions 00 cee 4 23 AdO SYSTEM ssctecs ck feecsectet ertorsntcctaatscctare 4 22 Autochanger Compact Dise GD izrine 4 30 Autolight System ccc ceceneeneeneenee 2 22 Automatic Anti glare inside mirror c eee 3 32 Automatic SUNMOOT sui cre cece iccectcccwsiccestcens 2 36 Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 15 Automatic transmission position indicator lO Mianen a Drive POSIONOT crire iaat Driving with automatic transmission Seat positioner seat ee eee eeeeeeeeee Transmission selector lever lock WCOLCASO iinan 5 15 Avoiding collision and rollover 5 5 AWD all wheel drive warning light 2 10 B
234. itional information regarding the rear center seat belt see Setting cen ter seat belt e The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion will permit the belt to move and allow you some freedom of movement in the seat e If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems POSITION low on the hips N SSS0061 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger and rear seat belts have a cinching mechanism for child restraint installa tion It is referred to as the automatic locking mode When the cinching mechanism is activated the seat belt cannot be withdrawn again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted For additional information see Child restraints later in this section The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passen ger the locking mode should not be acti vated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension AA WARNING When fastening the seat belt
235. ive over obstacles Also do not drive the ve hicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught e Do not use the T type spare tire on other vehicles e Do not use more than one T type spare tire at the same time e Do not tow a trailer while the T type spare tire is installed Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 MEMO 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation e cesseseeseeeseeesereeeees 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Recommended SAE viscosity numbet 9 6 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant FECOMMENCALIONS sicir 9 7 SPeCiiCatiONs ws siieessstesccssireeeiiis eeeteseacsensevetenctesery teed 9 8 ENQING iriri ainda cys 9 8 Wheels and tires 0 na 910 Dimensions and weights eee 9 10 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUT lt iactizeist ccacdsesncs Racdedsaidesiinsatasseuaicssqnanveiiteigevets 9 11 Vehicle identification ass 9 11 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 11 Vehicle identification number Chassis MUN GN e 9 11 Engine serial number wz 9 12 F M V S S certification label sux 9 12 Emission control information label wee 9 13 Tire placard iriso siiin eira 9 13 Air conditioner specification label 9 13 Installing front license plate
236. knob is pushed e the mechanical key or the valet key is inserted into the ignition knob The interior light can be turned off without waiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignition switch to the ON position or by locking the doors with the Intelligent Key Opening the windows See Opening and closing windows on the previous page Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threat ened you may activate the alarm to call atten tion as follows 1 Push the PANIC button on the Intelli gent Key for longer than 0 5 seconds with the metal key removed from the ignition key cylinder or the ignition knob pushed in 2 The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e It has run for 25 seconds or e The LOCK or the UNLOCK button is pressed or e The PANIC button is pushed on the Intelli gent Key for longer than 0 5 seconds Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 SPA1654 OPERATION WITH THE MECHANICAL KEY AND VALET KEY If the Intelligent Key cannot be used because its battery is discharged use the metal key to lock or unlock the doors and use the mechani cal key or the valet key which is registered to the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System com ponents to start the engine Removing the mechanical key e Release the lock knob at the back of the intelligent key and remove the mechanical key 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjust
237. l down SCE0459 Removing wheel cap CAUTION Do not use your hands to pry off wheel caps Doing so could result in personal injury Jack up point and Jacking up the vehicle and removing the damaged tire Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Remove the jack holder loosening the jack shaft 2 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated above so that top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on level firm ground 3 4 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground To lift the vehicle se curely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire A WARNING e Don t use the jack with the holder attached in case it breaks or it could lead to a personal injury e Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use In case of emerg
238. l the lever on the rear seat A or pull the lever on both sides of the lug gage room and fold the seatback 4 When resetting the seat be sure to install the head restraints 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems AA WARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in seri ous injury in an accident or sudden stop It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area any luggage is on the rear seat or any cup is in the cup holder Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide signifi cant protection against injury in an accident Always replace and adjust them properly if they have been re moved for any reason If the head restraints are removed for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding o
239. le For information concerning the purchase and use of additional remote control lers contact your INFINITI dealer If the indicator light Q does not come on after pushing the Intelligent Key lock or unlock button the battery may be run down or mal functioning Contact your INFINITI dealer It is possible that the Intelligent Key functions can become cancelled CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a built in trans mitter To avoid damaging it please note the following e The Intelligent Key is water resistant wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is com pletely dry e Do not bend drop or strike it against another object e Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C e Do not change or modify the Intelli gent Key e Do not use a magnet key holder e Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a tele vision set or personal computer If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unau thorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing pro cedure please contact an_ INFINITI dealer DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAUTION e After locking with the door handle
240. le s such as flat tires out of gas dead battery lost keys mechanical breakdown accident etc 6 2 In case of emergency FLAT TIRE LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pressure warning system It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If equipped the system also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure lower than 26 psi 180 kPa the low tire pressure warning system will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light or if you select the tire pressure information in the display a WARNING FLAT TIRE displayed on the screen This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 20 MPH 32 km h For more details please refer to Warning indicator lights and audible remind ers in the 2 Instruments and controls sec tion Tire pressure information in the 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section and Low tire pressure warning system in the 5 Starting and driving section A WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light blinks or a WARNING is displayed on the display screen while driving
241. level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so BA P position selecting warning light and chime for Intelligent Key system if so equipped The light blinks in red and warning buzzer beeps when the selector lever is not in the P position and you are out with the Intelligent Key When the warning light blinks move the selec tor lever to P position and return the ignition knob to the LOCK position Instruments and controls 2 11 CRUISE Intelligent Cruise Control system warning light Orange if so equipped The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the Intelligent Cruise Control system 1 Low tire pressure warning light if so equipped After the ignition switch is turned ON this light comes on for about 1 second and turns off This light warns of low tire pressure INFINITIs low tire pressure warning system is a tire pressure monitoring system It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the tire pressure monitoring system warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper
242. ligent Key is low the green blinking key warning light goes out about 30 seconds after the ignition knob is turned to ON If the battery runs down replace it with a new one If the Intelligent Key receives strong signal over an extended period of time the battery could quickly run down Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 set or personal computer 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA1625 Intelligent Key 2 sets Mechanical key metal key 2 sets Valet key metal key 1 set Wallet key and key case card type metal key 1 set Key number plate 1 set AA WARNING e The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves that can adversely affect medi cal electric equipment e If you have a pacemaker you should contact the medical equipment manu facturer to ask if it will be affected by the Intelligent Key signal The valet key cannot be used for the glove box lock To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the valet key only Record the key number on the key number plate metal tag and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet NOT IN THE VEHICLE A key number plate is supplied with your key Keep the plate in a safe place INFINITI does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate As many as 4 Intelligent Key can be used with one vehic
243. light SDI1399B Vanity mirror light SDI1407A Ceiling light Cloth SD11548 License plate light TEDT SDI1530 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 WHEELS AND TIRES Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressure including the spare often and always prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the Recommended Cold Tire In flation Pressure heading The Tire and Load ing Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including underin flation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself TIRE PRESSURE AA WARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail sud denly and cause an accident e The vehicle capacity weight is indi cated on the Tire and Loading Infor mation label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe op
244. ling offset in the travel lane as illustrated A WARNING e The Preview Function is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a colli sion warning or avoidance device Although the brake operation is con trolled by the system it does not automatically decelerate the vehicle speed It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times As there is a performance limit to the Preview Function never rely solely on this system This system does not correct careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visibility in rain fog or other bad weather Reduce vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal in order to maintain a safe distance be tween vehicles The system may not detect the ve hicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions The Preview Function may not operate properly under the following conditions The vehicle is still drivable under normal conditions and the Brake Assist will operate When rain snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle Winding or hilly roads may cause the sensor to temporarily not detect a vehicle in the same lane or may de tect objects or vehicles in other lanes Vehicle position in the lane may cause the sensor to temporarily not detect a vehicle in the same lane or may detect obje
245. lize e The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off operation It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short intervals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon headlights is not reduced If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will drasti cally decrease the light will start blink ing or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact an INFINITI dealer AA Dd ov OV 1C2047 SIC1961 Type A HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting Turn the switch to the paz position The front park side marker tail license plate and instrument lights will come on Turn the switch to the 0 position Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on Type B Instruments and controls 2 21 IC2051 Autolight system if so equipped The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically To set the autolight system 1 Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF paz or g position 2 22 Instruments and co
246. load capacity 1 070 Ib 485 kg Luggage Available cargo and luggage load capacity 680 Ib ae 300 kg STI0365 VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label Do not exceed the number of occu pants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Loading Information label To get the combined weight of occupants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight to the value Examples are shown in the illustration 9 16 Technical and consumer information Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX pounds on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX pounds 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 lbs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1 400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle For safety that weight must no
247. lows C Track number Track title 7 Disc title Display satellite radio text To indicate the satellite mode text push the AUDIO knob during satellite radio play Artist Title BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE SSV Display mode To change the indicated text in display mode turn the tuning knob within 2 seconds C Channel number Channel name 7 Title Artist Pause mute button To mute or pause the audio sound push the PAUSE MUTE button To release the mute or pause push the button again FM AM SAT radio operation SAT FM AM SAT band select Pushing the FM AM or SAT band select button will change the band as follows AM FM or SAT Satellite When FM AM SAT band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON the radio will come on at the station last played FM AM or The last station played will also come on when the power knob is turned to ON If you have not separately contracted for sat ellite radio NO SAT will be shown on the display If a compact disc or tape is playing when the FM AM SAT band select button is turned to ON the compact disc or tape will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broad cast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception
248. ls w section AUTOMATIC OPERATION WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Tilt operation Push the lever to adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 Jump up operation The automatic drive positioner system will make the steering wheel jump up automati cally This lets the driver get into and out of the seat more easily Telescopic operation Push the lever to adjust the steering wheel forward or backward to the desired position 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA1633 MANUAL OPERATION AA WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Tilt operation Push the lever A to adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired position Telescopic operation Push the lever 8 to adjust the steering wheel forward or backward to the desired position SUN VISORS AA CAUTION e Store the main sun visor after storing the extension sun visor and sub sun visor e Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward 1 To block out glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side 3 Draw out the extension sun visor to block from farther glare Ex
249. lt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the engine running to avoid discharging the ve hicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner climate controlled seat headlights or rear window de froster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure to turn off the power switch of electrical accessory being used or the ACC power of the vehicle Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal tempera ture fuse may blow When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the socket Console The power outlet is for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones Instruments and controls 2 29 Rear Luggage room 2 30 Instruments and controls CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND ASHTRAY 1C2147 The cigarette lighter operates when the igni tion switch is in the ACC or ON position Push the lid to open Push the lighter in all the way When the lighter is heated it will spring out Return the lighter to its original position after use Pull up the ashtray to remove it AA WARNING The cigarette lighter should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation CAUTION The cigarette lighter socket is a power source for the cigarette lighter element only The
250. lt gt SPA1374 BATTERY REPLACEMENT Replace the battery as follows 1 Open the lid using a suitable tool 2 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2025 or equiva lent Make sure that the side faces the bottom case 3 Close the lid securely 4 Push the keyfob button two or three times to check its operation See your INFINITI dealer if you need any assistance for replacement If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 4 above e Be careful not to touch the circuit board and the battery terminal e An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant however if it gets wet immediately wipe it com pletely dry e When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the keyfob FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This de vice may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM if so equipped The Intelligent Key uses coded radio signals to communic
251. ly stop the ve hicle If the vehicle speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h the Intelligent Cruise Control system is automatically canceled and a warn ing buzzer sounds The brake con trol is also canceled The system may not detect the ve hicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions To avoid acci dents never use the Intelligent Cruise Control system under the fol lowing conditions On roads where the traffic is heavy or there are sharp curves On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow etc During bad weather rain fog snow etc When the windshield wiper is op erated at the low speed LO or high speed HI position the Intel ligent Cruise Control system is au tomatically canceled When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shin ing on the front of the vehicle When rain snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor On steep downhill roads the ve hicle may go beyond the set ve hicle speed and frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes On repeated uphill and downhill roads When traffic conditions make it difficult to keep a proper distance between vehicles because of fre quent acceleration or decelera tion e If you are towing a trailer the system may not detect a vehicle ahead Do not use the Intelligent Cruise Control system In some road or traffic conditions a vehicle or object c
252. mall children INFINITI recommends that infants and small children be placed in child restraints that com ply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided If the child s seating position has a shoulder belt that fits close to the face or neck the use of a booster seat commercially available may help overcome this The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat AA WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or a sudden stop PREGNANT WOMEN INFINITI recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn s
253. may also detect reflectors on narrow roads or in road construction zones In these cases you will have to manually control the proper dis tance ahead of your vehicle Also the sensor sensitivity can be affected by the vehicle operation steering maneuver or driving position in the lane or the traffic con dition for example if a vehicle is being driven with same damage Automatic cancellation A buzzer sounds under the following condi tions and the control is automatically canceled e When the vehicle speed falls below ap proximately 20 MPH 32 km h e When the selector lever is shifted to a position other than D Drive including the manual shift mode e When the wiper is operated at low speed LO or high speed HI e When the parking brake is applied e When the VDC is turned off e When the VDC operates CRUISE TALR N MHL SSD0330 Warning light and display Condition A The buzzer sounds and the Intelligent Cruise Control system is canceled automatically in the conditions described below Part of the system display will come on or blink making it impossible to set e When the VDC is turned off e When the VDC operates e When a tire slips e When strong light sunlight etc is directly shining on the front of the vehicle Action to take When the conditions listed above are no longer present turn the system off using the Intelligent Cruise Control ON OFF Switch Turn the ICC sy
254. mediately and contact your nearest INFINITI dealer Ignoring such condi tions may lead to an accident fire or electric shock CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM Model without Navigation system D J 4 5 9 RANDOM SCAN rhe DRIVER tor oF SETTING 2 3 4 5 6 4 2 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems OUTSIDE Z to H oF SAA0715 When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will use up all the battery power and the engine will not start Reference symbols ENTER button This is a button on the control panel Display key This is a select key on the screen By selecting this key you can proceed to the next function NAME OF COMPONENTS 1 DISP brightness control button refer to the right column 2 DAY NIGHT brightness control button re fer to page 4 3 3 PREV previous button refer to page 4 3 4 SETTING button refer to page 4 3 5 MAINT maintenance button refer to page 4 5 6 Joystick and ENTER push button refer to page 4 3 7 TRIP drive computer button refer to page 4 6 8 FUEL ECON button refer to page 4 6 9 TRIP RESET button refer to page 4 6 10 E M button refer to page 4 7 To turn off the screen push the DAY NIGHT button for more than appr
255. ments e To install the mechanical key to the intelli gent key securely lock the lock knob and then check that the mechanical key will not move CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with the mechanical key installed in it Locking unlocking the doors with the metal key mechanical key valet key and wallet key The doors can be locked unlocked by inserting the metal key into the key cylinder in the driver s door in the same way as the ordinary key Starting the engine with the mechanical key 1 Securely depress the brake pedal 2 Insert the mechanical key or the valet key into the ignition knob SPA1632 3 Turn the ignition knob to START and start the engine 4 After starting the engine release the knob When the engine is off the steering wheel lock cannot be unlocked For important safety information see the 5 Starting and driving section Windows open close with the mechanical key See Opening and closing windows on the previous page HOOD BACK DOOR SPA1268 SPA1619 1 Pull the hood lock release handle located e The power door lock system allows you to below the instrument panel the hood will A WARNING lock or unlock all doors including the back then spring up slightly door simultaneously 2 Pull the lever at the front of the hood with e Make sure the hood is completely e Push the opener switch and pull the opener your fingertips and r
256. models eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 44 Anti lock brake system ABS e eee 5 44 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 0 5 46 Cold weather driving Freeing a frozen door l0CK eee 5 47 ANUPROOZO iss ccevesceviseteets penis caiseisocssaeestipecsuseaenee ee 5 47 Special winter equipment Battery Driving on SNOW OF CO rniressa Draining of coolant water s 5 47 Engine block heater if so equipped WWO2SQUIDIM GIN irei eari EER 5 47 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AA WARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent opera tion of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury EXHAUST GAS Carbon monoxide AA WARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they con 5 2 Starting and driving tain colorless and odorless carbon mon oxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause unconsciousness or death e If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all windows fully op
257. n heater air conditioner and audio systems Wireless remote controller receiver Wireless headphones transmitter SAA0719 FLIP DOWN SCREEN AA CAUTION e The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass breaks do not touch the liquid crystalline mate rial which contains a small amount of mercury In case of contact with skin wash immediately with soap and water e The screen rotates down to view and up into the housing to store when not in use Ensure that the screen is latched securely into the housing when stored A a SAA0720 SAA0721 Headphones Power ON OFF Push the POWER button to turn the head phones on or off Volume conirol Turn the volume control knob to adjust the volume The headphones will automatically be turned off in 30 seconds if there is no sound during that period To prevent the battery from being discharged keep the power supply turned off when not in use PLAYING A DIGITAL VIDEO DISC DVD AA CAUTION e Only operate the DVD while the ve hicle engine is running Operating the DVD for extended periods of time with the engine OFF can discharge the vehicle battery e Do not allow the system to get wet Excessive moisture such as spilled Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 37 liquids may cause the system to mal function e The driver must not attempt to wea
258. n characteristics Temperature A B and C Temperature grades are A the highest B and C They represent a tire s resistance to heat build up and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sus tained high temperature can cause tire mate rial to degenerate reducing tire life Excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure Grade C corresponds to a performance level which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades A and B represent higher levels of performance on laboratory test wheels than the minimum required by law A WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combina tion can cause heat buildup and pos sible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your INFINITI is covered by the following emission warranties For US e Emission Defects Warranty e Emissions Performance Warranty See Warranty Information Booklet for de tails For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty In formation Booklet Warranty and Roadside Assistance Information Canada only that comes with your INFINITI If you did not re ceive a Warranty Information
259. n knob 1 2 2 Close all the doors 3 3 Push any front door or the back door handle request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 4 4 All the doors back door and fuel filler lid will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and door buzzer sounds twice The hazard indicator and horn mode also can be changed with vehicle electronic systems on the monitor See 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 1 Doors lock with the Intelligent Key while a mechanical key or valet key is in the ignition switch 2 Doors lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is not in the LOCK position 3 Doors do not lock with the door handle request switch or the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key while any door is open A beep sounds to warn you However doors lock with the metal key even if any door is open 4 Doors do not lock with door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with another Intelligent Key Unlocking doors 1 Push the door handle request switch once Driver s side e The driver door and fuel filler lid unlock Front passenger side or back door e Only corresponding door unlocks 2 The hazard indicator flashes once and door buzzer sounds once if all doors are com pletely closed with the ignition key in any position
260. n recommended could re duce engine life Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the new INFINITI vehicle warran ties Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Op eration under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes e repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures e driving in dusty conditions e extensive idling e towing a trailer e Operating in hot weather in stop and go rush hour traffic 9 6 Technical and consumer information RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER Outside Temperature Range Anticipated Before Next Oil Change GASOLINE ENGINE OIL 5W 30 PREFERRED T11028 C SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all ambient temperatures SAE 10W 30 10W 40 viscosity oil may be used if the ambient temperature is above 0 F 18 C 5W 30 will economy positively improve fuel AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM Contact your INFINITI dealer when servicing REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT your air conditioning system RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in this INFINITI vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and the lubricant Nissan A C System Oil Type S or
261. n the ignition system and electrical accessories START This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the knob immedi ately It will automatically return to the ON position For important safety information see Ignition switch in the Starting and driving section The ignition knob cannot be turned back to the LOCK position unless the shift lever is in P position It can be turned to only CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the ignition knob in ACC or ON positions when the engine is not running for an extended period This can discharge the battery INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key If the engine fails to start using the registered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key it may be due to interference caused by another INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key an automated toll road device or an automated payment device on the key ring Restart the engine using the following procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat step 1 and 2 again 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered INFINITI
262. n the previous section ARMREST Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 7 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS section contains important information con cerning the driver and passenger front impact supplemental air bags front seat side impact supplemental air bags curtain side impact air bags and front seat pre tensioner seat belts Supplemental front impact air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the face and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Supplemental side impact air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front pas senger in certain side impact collisions The front seat side impact supplemental air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Supplemental curtain side impact air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions The curtain side impact air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts
263. nces re quire that infants and small children be restrained in approved child restraints at all times while the vehicle is being oper ated AA WARNING e Improper use of a child restraint can result in increased injuries for both the infant or child and other occu pants in the vehicle e Follow all of the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a child restraint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of child restraints in your vehicle If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Tilt it from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again For a front facing child restraint check to make sure the shoulder belt does not go in front of the child s face or neck If it does put the shoulder belt behind the child restraint If you must install a front facing child re straint in the front seat see instruc
264. nd idle the engine The driving mode will change to 2WD to prevent the AWD system from malfunctioning If the warning light turns off you can drive again e blinks slowly about once every 2 seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible cruise Preview Function warning light Orange if so equipped The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the Brake Assist with Preview Function sys tem erake or This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Brake warning light Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light The light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section AA WARNING e Your brake system may not be work ing properly if the warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest s
265. ndicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the LOCK button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked Doors lock with the keyfob while a key is in the ignition switch However the panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch Doors lock with the keyfob while the igni 3 tion switch is in the ON position However the hazard indicator and horn will not function Doors lock with the keyfob while any door is open However the hazard indicator and horn will not function LOCK PUSH to lock UNLOCK i PUSH to unlock F at 9 PANIC PUSH to operate SPA1397 Unlocking doors and fuel filler lid 1 Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob once e The drivers door and fuel filler lid unlock e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed with the igni tion key in any position except the ON position e The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the switch is in the DOOR position with the ignition key in any position except the ON position 2 Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob again within 5 seconds e All doors unlock e The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors are completely closed All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1
266. nds once the Mode is changed to AUX To use the input jacks refer to Auxiliary input jacks in this section Pil jor p gt PLAY When the PLAY PAUSE button on the player 4 38 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems or the PLAY button on the remote control is pushed the player will play In play mode the display will show gt on the upper left corner of the display PP 1 lt d lt q FF Fast Forward REW Rewind Remote control only Push FAST FORWARD FAST REVERSE but tons to carry out the fast forward or fast reverse presentation at 5 times normal play speed Push FAST FORWARD FAST REVERSE but tons again or PLAY button to resume the normal play speed aa gt l NEXT CHAPTER PREVIOUS CHAPTER When the pp NEXT CHAPTER button is pushed while the digital video disc is being played the program next to the present one will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through programs The digital video disc will advance the number of times the button is pushed When the 44 PREVIOUS CHAPTER button is pushed the program being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through programs The digital video disc will go back the number of times the button is pushed Pil or il PAUSE When the PLAY PAUSE button on the player or the PAUSE button on the remote control is pushed the playe
267. ne oil level ENGINE Otic coco Meo ries cde chee tects ceed thes Engine oil viscosity Operating the engine Intelligent Key SYSICM E E E E 3 13 Outside mirror Controls 3 32 Outside MINOS vccewiien cinerea 3 32 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 11 Owner s Manual Service Manual order MOMAN anaE EEA 9 25 P Parking Brake chek israovtaenininnnnk 8 22 Parking brake cheCck 0 0c cece 5 15 Parking brake operation Parking on hills Parking parking on hills Personal light Phone Car phone or CB radio c 4 43 Power Front seat adjustment ceceeeeereeeeeeee 1 2 Power door lock Power Outlets neiuna ee Power steering fluid c cceeeeeeee 8 15 Power steering system 0cc cee 5 43 Power WINGOWS 3 c cccctes ccensccesteecenpeceter asco 2 35 Pre tensioner seat belt system c 1 18 Precautions Audio operatios sisses 4 23 Braking Precautions siirinsesi 5 44 Child restais eneee 1 32 Cruise control sseaessssesrssreireiicnresrcirneenrs 5 16 Driving Safety nisione 5 5 Maintenance ivi ccis ccrshesiaseectans ctasteetbeciase 8 5 On pavement and offroad driving 5 3 Seat belt usage acca caccas cceeeertcusncnceeentensrcncie 1 21 Supplemental restraint system 00 0000 1 8 When starting and driving 0 ce 5 2 Preview function for Intelligent cruise control SYSTEM sesiet nrnna ieai 5 44 PUSH STANIN eener ara 6 11 R R
268. ned to ACC or ON the system will not activate e Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will acti vate with all doors and the hood locked and ignition key off Turn the ignition key to ACC to turn the system off Vehicle security system operation The security system will give the following alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after ap proximately 1 minute However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlock ing a door with the key or by pressing the UNLOCK button on the electronic ignition key The alarm is activated by e Opening the door without using the key or remote keyless entry e Opening the back door without using the key or remote keyless entry e Opening the hood How to stop alarm The alarm will stop only by unlocking a door with the key or by pressing the UNLOCK button on the keyfob or Intelligent Key The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON If the system does not operate as de scribed above have it checked by your INFINITI dealer INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key If the engine fails to start using the registered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key it ma
269. ng For more details refer to Low tire pressure warning light in the 2 Instruments and con trols section Tire pressure information in the 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section Low tire pres sure warning system in the 5 Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE PLACES REAR The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs Le poids combin d occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX Ibs NOMBRE DE PLACES Type B COMPACT SPARE TIRE O DE SECOURS TXXX XXRXX p TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION q orena TIRE SIZE PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT A TAILLE DU PNEU DORIGINE fan TOTAL avant X P XXX XX R XX ToL X COMPACT SPARE TIRE ROUE COMPACTE DE SECOURS pT XXX XXRXX COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FROIDS ORIGINAL TIRE SIZE TAILLE DU PNEU D ORIGINE PXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX PSI POX HK XK O KPa KK PSI COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FROIDS XXX kPa XX PSI cow TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNELIS FROIDS XXX kPa XX PSI XXX kPa XX PSI COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE PRESSION DE GONFLAGE DES PNEUS FRODS_ CONDUCTEUR TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION A PNEU ET INF
270. ng is performed e Returning the ignition knob to LOCK e Removing the mechanical key or the valet key e Closing the doors Alarm and warning when the engine starts When the key warning light is blinking in red and the outside buzzer sounds make sure the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle The buzzer will stop 3 seconds after the Intel ligent Key is returned to the vehicle Warning for low battery power e This warning is to let you know that the battery of the Intelligent Key will run down soon Replace it with a new one e The green blinking key warning light goes out about 30 seconds after the ignition knob is turned to ON Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 e We recommend replacing the battery at your INFINITI dealer Preventing the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle If you lock all doors using the power door lock switch with the Intelligent Key in the vehicle all of the doors unlock immediately and the beep sounds to warn you when the door is closed 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments TROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE Symptom Possible Cause Remedy When pushing the door handle re quest switch When closing the doors The front door beep sounds for ap proximately 2 seconds The front door beep sounds for ap proximately 10 seconds The key warning light in the instru ment panel blinks in red and the front door warning beep sounds for ap proximately 3 seconds The f
271. ng properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving Self test feature The anti lock brake system consists of elec tronic sensors electric pumps and hydraulic solenoids controlled by a computer The com puter has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of any malfunction If the computer senses any malfunction it switches the anti lock brake system OFF and turns on the ABS warning light in the dashboard The brake system will then behave normally but without anti lock assistance If the light comes on during the self check or while you are driving you should take your vehicle to your INFINITI dealer for repair at your earliest convenience AA WARNING The anti lock brake system is a sophis ticated device but it cannot prevent ac cidents resulting from careless or dan gerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces but remember that the stopping distance on slippery sur faces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with the anti lock sys tem Stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains
272. ng the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have your INFINITI dealer perform it promptly In addition you should notify your INFINITI dealer if you think the repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance pre cautions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges and latches if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication fre quently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are miss ing and check for any loose wheel
273. ng with the igni tion switch in the ACC or OFF position e Opening or closing any door e Locking or unlocking with the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch e Inserting or removing a key from the ignition switch These lights will turn on again when any of the above operations is performed after the lights have turned off automatically The lights will turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of the above as well AA CAUTION e Turn off the map personal and vanity mirror lights when you leave the ve hicle e Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery 1C2179 Left hand side Ceiling light if so equipped The ceiling light has a three position switch When the switch is in the door position the light will illuminate when the door is opened Same as the door position of the interior light When the personal light switch is in the ON position A it will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position To turn on the light again turn the ignition switch to the ON position REAR PERSONAL LIGHT The rear personal light has a three position switch When the switch is in the door position the light will illuminate when the door is opened When the personal light switch is in the ON position it will automatically turn off 30 minutes after the
274. nges in the steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Under the hood and the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically For example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake and clutch fluid level Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid levels are between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after park ing the vehicle on a level location and turning off the engine Wait at least 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fume
275. ns can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before install ing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are of proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer instructions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manu facturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action dam age to the fenders or undercarriage If pos sible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a re duced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and perfor mance may be adversely affected Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Never install tire
276. nshift In D position For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into the lower gear de pending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs the next ime the key is turned to the ON position the oft light will blink for approximately 8 sec onds after coming on for 2 seconds While the vehicle can be driven under these circum stances please note that the gears in the automatic transmission will be locked in 4th gear If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition key OFF and wait for 3 seconds Then turn the key back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating con dition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have your INFINITI dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary S SD0321 PARKING BRAKE Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the selector lever apply the parking brake depress the brake pedal and push the shift lock release button The selector lever can be moved to N Neutral This allows the
277. ntains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Re view it carefully ST10349 EMISSION CONTROL TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at The cold tire pressure is shown on the tire tached as shown placard affixed as shown AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is affixed inside of the hood as shown Technical and consumer information 9 13 INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE License plate Rear surface of the license plate bracket Felt tip Pen DRAW MARK where to drill the hole Flat blade screwdriver 3 oF Bumper pe A a rommet R N wO ros Screw grommet x J nut ST10351 Use the following steps to mount the license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the vinyl bag 9 14 Technical and consumer information License plate bracket J nut x 2 Screw x 2 Screw grommet x 2 Temporarily place the license plate bracket while aligning part of the front bumper with part of the rear surface of the license plate bracket To determine where to drill the hole mark along both sides of the mounting hole by using a felt tip pen Remove the license plate bracket
278. ntenance and do it yourself section 4 Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The light illuminates whenever the igni tion switch is turned to ON and will remain illuminated until the drivers seat belt is fas tened At the same time the chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened See Seat belts in the 1 Seats restraints and supplemental air bag systems section for pre cautions on seat belt usage A Supplemental air bag warning light After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag sys tems and pre tensioner seat belt need servic ing and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest authorized INFINITI dealer e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the Supplemen tal Restraint Systems and or the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly For addi tional information see Sup
279. ntrols The autolight system can turn on the head lights automatically when it is dark turn off the headlights when it is light and keep the head lights on for up to 45 seconds after you turn the switch to OFF and open any door then close all the doors If the ignition switch is turned OFF and one of the doors is opened and this condition is continued the headlights remain ON for five minutes Front SIC2142 Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor A located on the top left hand side of the instrument panel The photo sensor controls the autolamp if it is covered the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate y SIC 2048 Headlight beam select To select the low beam put the lever in the neutral position as shown To select the high beam push the lever forward Pull it back to select the low beam Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam Battery saver system e When the headlight switch is in the paz or g0 position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the lights will automatically turn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position e When the headlight switch remains in the spa OF gC position after the lights auto matically turn off the lights will turn on for 5 minutes when the headlight switch is turned to the OFF position and then turn to the spa O
280. nug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS INFINITI recommends that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recommendations imm car INSERT to N fa ERS SS0018 a a POSITION low on the hips SSS0020 THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AA WARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and re ceive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal inju ries For most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 25 INSERT to fasten Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until it clicks For add
281. nvenience both required and op tional scheduled maintenance items are de scribed and listed in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary mainte nance is performed on your INFINITI at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential for proper vehicle operation It is your responsibility to 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself perform these maintenance procedures regu larly as prescribed Performing general maintenance checks re quires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer an INFINITI dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the sys tems checked and serviced by an INFINITI dealer INFINITI technicians are well trained special ists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership information sys tems They are completely qualified to work on INFINITI vehicles before work begins You can be confident that your INFINITI dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economic way GENERAL MAINTENANCE Duri
282. o not attempt to use the system in e The Mobile Entertainment System E or eae Lege MES is designed for rear seat pas 70 C senger viewing only e To avoid draining the vehicle battery do not operate the system more than 15 minutes without starting the en gine e The driver must not attempt to oper ate the MES while the vehicle is in motion so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation 4 34 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems MENU DISP tole o Ne Tare 11 SAA0717 DIGITAL VIDEO DISC DVD PLAYER CONTROLS The DVD player has the following controls 1 POWER on off switch N Qa fF oO LW 8 PLAY PAUSE button 9 MENU button 10 DISPLAY button 11 NAVIGATION KEYS REMOTE CONTROL The remote control has the following controls 1 ON OFF button 2 STOP button Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 35 3 NEXT TRACK CHAPTER and PREVIOUS TRACK CHAPTER button TITLE button ENTER button DISPLAY button MODE button SUBTITLE button 9 AUDIO button 10 ANGLE button 11 CLEAR button 12 PAUSE button 13 PLAY button 14 FAST FORWARD FAST REVERSE button 15 MENU button 16 NAVIGATION KEYS 17 RETURN button 18 NUMERIC KEYPAD oN DO A SAA0747 REMOTE CONTROL HOLDER Peel the sheet Q of the holder off then put the remote control holder to the desired posi tion in the rear armrest 4 36 Display scree
283. ocedures 1 Open and close the driver s door more than two times with the ignition key in the LOCK position 2 Reset the desired position using the previ ous procedure Selecting the memorized position 1 Set the selector lever to the P Park posi tion 2 Turn the ignition ON 3 Push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position with the indicator light flashing and then the light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds ENTRY EXIT FUNCTION This system is designed so that the driver s seat steering column and door mirrors will automatically move when the automatic trans mission selector lever is in the P Park posi tion This allows the driver to get into and out of the drivers seat more easily The drivers seat will slide backward and the steering wheel will move up e When the drivers door is opened after removing the key from the ignition switch or the ignition knob if so equipped or return ing the ignition knob to lock position e When the driver s door is opened with the key turned to LOCK e When the key is turned from ACC to LOCK or returning the ignition knob to lock posi tion with the driver s door open The driver s seat and steering wheel will return to the previous position e When the key is inserted into the ignition switch or the ignition knob if so equipped is pushed in
284. ode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up e Positioning of the heating or air con ditioning controls should not be done while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Start the engine and operate the controls to activate the air conditioner AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be normally used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a constant temperature Air flow distribu tion and fan speed are also controlled auto matically 1 Push the AUTO button on AUTO will be displayed Push the temperature set button to set the desired temperature Adjust the temperature to about 75 F 24 C for normal operation The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically You can individually set driver and front passenger side temperature using each temperature control button When the DUAL button is pushed or passenger side temperature control button is turned the DUAL indicator will come on To turn off the passenger side temperature control push the DUAL button Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate When you need to heat only use this mode As Push the A C button A C OFF will be displayed and A C indicator will turn off Turn the temperatur
285. ode is activated To choose the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode push and hold the ON OFF switch for longer than about 1 5 sec onds Once a control mode is chosen and activates it cannot be changed to the other cruise control mode To change the mode push the ON OFF switch once then turn on the system again AA WARNING e In the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode a warning buzzer does not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead as neither the presence of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle to vehicle distance is detected e Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur e Always confirm the setting in the In telligent Cruise Control system dis play For the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode see the following description For the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode see page 5 33 VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE In the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC sys tem automatically maintains a selected dis tance from the vehicle in front of you according to that vehicle s speed or at the set speed if the road ahead is clear With ICC the driver can maintain the same Starting and driving 5 19 speed as other vehicles without the constant need to adjust the speed as you would with a normal cruise control system The syst
286. of perform ing in a variety of on pavement and offroad applications This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems However they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive vehicles any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under offroad conditions If at all possible avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers par ticularly at high speeds As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM if so equipped This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pressure warning system It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of Starting and driving 5 3 your tires is significantly under inflated The system also displays pressure of all tires ex cept the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel The low tire pressure warning system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 20 MPH 32 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure e g a flat tire while driving Frequently check the tire pressure information display on the display screen and adjust pres sure o
287. of times the button is pushed up to nine programs When the I APS REW button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds once the program being played starts over from the beginning Push the I APS REW button several times to skip back several selections The tape will go back the number of times the button is pushed Either the FF or REW symbol flashes on the display window while searching for the selection When pushing the Pl APS FF or 4 APS REW button for more than 1 5 seconds each program will play for about 10 seconds To stop playing push the PI but ton again This system searches for the blank intervals between selections If there is a blank interval within one program or there is no interval between programs the system may not stop in the desired or expected location PROG Rpr REPEAT RPT When the PROG RPT play button is pushed while the tape is played pattern can be changed as follows ALL TRACK RPT Metal or chrome tape usage The cassette player will be automatically set to high performance play when playing a metal or chrome cassette tape 4 TAPE EJECT When this button is pushed with the tape loaded the tape will be ejected When the tape is ejected while it is being played the system will be turned off Compact disc CD changer operation Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up
288. on knob Intelligent Key system 3 13 5 9 Ignition knob positions siisii 5 10 Ignition switch except Intelligent Key system 0000 5 8 Automatic transmission models 5 12 Koy POSIIONS carcina 5 8 Immobilizer system nesiims 2 17 In cabin microfilter 0 eee 4 21 Indicator lighis arcana 2 14 Infiniti mobile entertainment system MES 4 34 Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine St lesen 5 9 5 10 Inside Automatic anti glare mirror 3 32 MURGOF ecxecctevnsznety ccaees ceeeg steers 3 31 Inspection maintenance I M test 9 24 Instrument brightness control 2 24 Instrument panel 0 0 ce wee 2 2 Intelligent cruise control ICC system 5 18 Intelligent cruise control ICC system Brake ELE ses eel ste ate ae i ie 5 37 Intelligent cruise control ICC system Preview PUNCH ON eeen a a iaeaea 5 44 Intelligent Key system Intelligent Key system Engine starting 3 13 Intelligent Key system Key operating ee Tale eaaa E EE E EET 3 15 Intelligent Key system Key operation 3 12 Intelligent Key system Mechanical key and valet MOY ees e EE E eames 3 24 Intelligent Key system Operating the ONIN Ghats cf Aus beats falc es Les iain Ele 3 13 Intelligent Key system Remote keyless OPS RAL OM ese sezces te ccus ccceeevesiens RREA 3 21 Intelligent Key system Trouble shooting QUIDG 2 Mafia E iain Intelligent Key system Warning light
289. on on front passenger seat 1 41 Installation on rear seat outboard or center POSITIONS srianan ates 1 34 Precautions on child restraints 0 00 1 32 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 41 With top tether strap 1 40 GRID SALCLY ccaisaciescccceverscaneecetaeeceneczeaneczenczees 1 24 Child safety rear door lOCK coe 3 5 Chimes Audible reminders e ceecceeceeseereteeees 2 15 Seat belt warning light and chime we 2 13 Cigarette lighter and ashtray 0 ee 2 30 Circuit breaker Fusible link c ccee 8 24 Cleaning exterior and interior ClO CK oasen 2 28 Cold weather driving c cee 5 47 Compact Disc CD changer operation 4 30 Compact spare tire ccc eeseeeeeeeeeeee 8 40 Compass display rnin 2 6 GOnSole DOXe ness E A E 2 33 Control panel buttons models with navigation SYSIOM E EE E 4 7 Control panel buttons models without navigation SYSTEMI kerr Erre RENAA NAE 4 2 Controls Control panel buttons display with navigation SYSIOM sons euT isune ie e EONO O 4 7 Control panel buttons display without navigation SySteM cece eee 4 2 Heater and air conditioner controls AULOMAalIC 42 45 ea int ene 4 18 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel IWDRICANTS 2st eee eiienn a 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 10 10 2 Checking engine coolant level 0 0 8 9 Corrosion Protectorin 7 5 Cruse C
290. ons and could af fect your warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by your INFINITI dealer t dc 6 D TEON HN ae O LEREZ a Moi ili Za Em zis Vo ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS VQ35DE engine Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 VK45DE engine 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself amma J a SDI1531 Fuse fusible link holder Battery Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Engine coolant reservoir Windshield washer fluid reservoir Power steering fluid reservoir Radiator filler cap Engine oil dipstick 0 Air cleaner ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a high quality year round anti freeze coolant solution The anti freeze solu tion contains rust and corrosion inhibitors therefore additional cooling system additives are not necessary AA CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equiva lent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze and 50 demineralized water distilled water The use of other types of coolant solutions may damage your engine cooling system Deminer alized water Outside temperature down to Anti freeze distilled water AA WARNING e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping f
291. ontrols 1 SIC2153 Security indicator light This light blinks whenever the ignition key is removed for 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the OFF position mechanical key or the ignition switch is in the Lock position intelligent key This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational If a non registered key is in the ignition switch the indicator light comes on If INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning this light will remain on while the ignition key is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see your INFINITI dealer for INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System service as soon as possible Please bring all electronic ignition keys that you have when visiting your INFINITI dealer for ser vice WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Q Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward a Slower or 8 Faster Also the intermit tent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the inter mittent operation speed will be faster Low continuous low speed operation High continuous high speed operation Push the lever up 4 to have on
292. or light for the pushed memory switch will come on and stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch After the indicator light goes off the selected positions are stored in the selected memory 1 or 2 If a new memory is stored in the same memory switch the previous memory will be deleted Linking a keyfob or Intelligent Key to a stored memory position A keyfob or Intelligent Key can be linked to a stored memory position with the following pro cedure 1 Follow the steps for storing a memory po sition 2 While the indicator light for the memory switch being set is illuminated for 5 sec onds press the button on the keyfob or Intelligent Key The indicator light will blink After the indicator light goes off the keyfob or Intelligent Key is linked to that memory setting With the key removed from the ignition switch press the f button on the keyfob or Intelli gent Key The driver s seat steering wheel and outside mirrors will move to the memo rized position Confirming memory storage e Turn the ignition ON and push the SET switch If the main memory has not been stored the indicator light will come on for approximately 0 5 seconds When the memory has stored the position the indica tor light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds e fthe battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the memory will be canceled In such a case reset the desired positions using the following pr
293. or or door glass outside the vehicle it may be possible to start the engine WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving un expectedly by erroneous operation of the In telligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning light comes on in the instrument panel When a chime or beep sounds or the warning light comes on be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key Alarm and warning when locking the doors When the front door warning chime or beep sounds check for the following e The ignition knob is turned to LOCK e The Intelligent Key is not left inside the vehicle e Doors are closed securely e The selector lever is in the P position The door beep sounds for about 2 seconds SPA1630 Alarm and warning when the engine stops When the P position selecting warning light in the instrument panel blinks in red e Make sure the selector lever is in the P position When the chime sounds intermittently e Make sure the selector lever is in the P position and the ignition knob is turned to LOCK If the chime sounds continuously when the driver s door is opened check the following e The selector lever is in the P position and the ignition knob is turned to LOCK e The mechanical key or the valet key is not inserted into the ignition knob e The inside warning chime may stop when one of the followi
294. orn chirps once When the UNLOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes once If hazard indicator and horn mode is not nec essary you can switch to hazard indicator only mode by following the switching procedure In hazard indicator only mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn oper ates Switching procedure Push the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on the keyfob simultaneously for more than 2 sec onds to switch from one mode to the other When pushing the buttons to set hazard indi cator only mode the hazard indicator flashes 3 times When pushing the buttons to set hazard indi cator and horn mode the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments OPERATION GUIDE MODE Push LOCK and UNLOCK buttons for more than 2 seconds to switch Hazard indicator HAZARD INDICATOR only AND HORN HAZARD once HORN once Switching indicator LOCK UNLOCK Hazard indicator p HAZARD INDICATOR HAZARD 3times HAZARD twice HAZARD twice HAZARD once HORN once SPA1260 Locking doors and fuel filler lid 1 Remove the mechanical key or the valet key if any key is in the ignition knob 1 2 Close all the doors 2 3 Push the LOCK button A on the Intelligent Key 4 All the doors including back door and fuel filler lid
295. orth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The front seat pre tensioner seat belt system activates in conjunction with the supplemental air bag systems Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occu pants The pre tensioner is encased with the seat belt s retractor These seat belts are used in the same way as conventional seat belts When the pre tensioner seat belt activates 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful but care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly If any abnormality occurs in the pre tensioner system the supplemental air bag warning light At will not come on will flash intermittently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON or START position In this case the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest authorized INFINITI dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pre tensioner seat belt system and guide the buyer to the appro priate sect
296. ote response Lights If you change the horn chirp or the lamp flash with the keyfob or the Intelligent Key the mode may not be changed with the display Use the keyfob or the Intelli gent Key to return the mode This key changes the hazard indicator flash mode occurring when pressing the LOCK or UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key or key fob Auto re lock time The length of auto door re lock time can be set Select the Auto Re Lock time key then move the joystick and push the ENTER button to adjust the time Sensitivity of automatic headlights if so equipped Automatic light illumination can be set as de sired Select the Sensitivity of Automatic Head lights key then move the joystick to the left lower or right higher Automatic headlights off delay if so equipped You can control how long it takes the auto matic turn off timer to extinguish the headlights in AUTO position Select the Automatic Headlights Off Delay key then move the joystick to the left or right to adjust the timer Speed dependent wiper This key turns on and off the driving speed dependent intermittent wiper function Intelligent Key lock response Sound if so equipped The sound pattern of the Intelligent request switch operation can be set as desired Select the Intelligent Key lock response Sound key then push the ENTER button to change the sound pattern Intelligent Key unlo
297. ould be damaged or involved in an accident AA CAUTION e The T type spare tire should be used only for emergency It should be re placed by the standard tire at the first opportunity e Drive carefully while the T type spare tire is installed e Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving e Periodically check the T type spare tire inflation pressure and always keep it at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar e Always keep the pressure of the full size spare tire if so equipped at the recommended pressure for standard tires as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label For the label location see Tire and Loading Information label in the 9 Technical and consumer information Do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h Do not use tire chains on a T type spare tire Tire chains will not fit prop erly on the T type spare tire and may cause damage to the vehicle When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the T type spare tire should be used on the front wheel and the original tire used on the rear wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the rear two original tires Tire tread of the T type spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the original tire Replace the T type spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Because the T type spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid dam age to the vehicle do not dr
298. our personal safety preserve your warranty protection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine INFINITI Parts may prevent or limit unnecessary excess wear and tear ex penses at the end of your lease INFINITI designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safety features Also non genuine parts often show premature wear rust and corrosion 9 26 Technical and consumer information Why should you take a chance In over 40 states and certain territories provinces the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states and provinces have enacted laws that restrict insurance compa nies from authorizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right 10 Index A ABS Anti lock brake system 0 0 c 5 44 Aiming control Headlights Air bag system Side and curtain See supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system 00c ee 1 16 Air bag warning labels 0 ee 1 19 Air bag warning light 000 ee 1 19 2 13 Air cleaner housing filter 8 20 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 0 0 4 18 Air conditioner service A
299. ove the fuse fusible link holder cover 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by your INFINITI dealer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts Te SDI1393 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition key and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the fuse box lid 3 Pinch the fuse perpendicularly with the fuse puller and pull it out If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by your INFINITI dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT OPEN Suitable tool _ ag the batt side up SARSA S gt SPA1374 Replace the battery as follows 1 Open the lid using a suitable tool 2 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2025 or equiva lent 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself Make sure that the side faces the bottom case 3 Close the lid securely 4 Push the keyfob button two or three times to c
300. ower WINKOWS 2 ieisccessceseissessesinsesiteensastciantnevii es 2 35 Sunroof if SO CQUIPPEd iriri 2 36 Automatic SUNOOF 00 eioen 2 36 WS OW lighten an 2 38 teror lIQMts iccssesevesseresevasiycasctiseemnsvisee ater arteyeye 2 38 Map lights Rear personal light Mamity MINON lOM sissies aea R HomeLink universal transceiver if SO CQUIPP OO ies csexiecsiscarsvesevesceestetes caseveenecdoveevsneee Programming HomeLink Programming HomeLink for Canadian customers Operating the HomeLink Universal TANSCOIVEN irinin r N TY 2 42 Programming trouble diagnosis s esseeeeeee 2 42 Clearing the programmed information 2 43 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 2 43 If your vehicle is StOlON cceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeee 2 43 INSTRUMENT PANEL 1 2345 6789 10 11 1213 14 15 16 1718192021 22 23 24 25 26 272829 3026 31 1C2134 1 Outside mirror remote control P 3 32 5 Headlight aiming control switch P 2 23 2 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch 6 Trip odometer select knob P 2 4 P 2 20 7 Steering switch for Audio P 4 33 3 Trip odometer reset knob P 2 4 8 Security indicator light P 2 18 9 Meters and gauges P 2 3 1 4 Instrument brightness control switch 0 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 19 P 2 24 2 2 Instruments and controls 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Cr
301. oximately 1 5 sec onds The screen will change to CONFIRM DISPLAY OFF YES or NO HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND ENTER BUTTON Choose an item on the display using the joystick Push the ENTER button only when the use of it is instructed on the display HOW TO USE PREV BUTTON Finish setup If you touch PREV button after the setup is completed the setup will start over HOW TO USE DISP BRIGHTNESS CONTROL BUTTON The display brightness control operates when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON posi tion To brighten the display push the side of the button To darken the display push the side of the button DAY NIGHT BUTTON To change the display brightness push the DAY NIGHT button Pushing the button again will change the display to DAY or NIGHT display Then adjust the brightness pushing the brightness control button If no operation is done within 10 seconds or if the PREV button is pushed the display will return to the previous display HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON Pushing the SETTING button will change the settings menu as follows DISPLAY ON OFF LANGUAGE BEEP SET SERVICE ALERT PERSONALIZED SETTINGS MENU Display ON OFF To turn off the screen select the OFF key of the Display ON OFF using the joystick The screen will change to CONFIRM DIS PLAY OFF YES or NO Display screen heater air condition
302. p experience for as long as you own your car Should you have any questions regarding your INFINITI or your INFINITI dealer please contact our Consumer Affairs department at In the U S 1 800 662 6200 In Canada 1 800 361 4792 READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read your Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and main tenance requirements assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle 4A WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA TION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for condi tions e ALWAYS use your seat belts and ap propriate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety fea tures to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modi fication could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems result ing from modifications may not be covered under INFINITI warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes info
303. pection intervals should be followed For additional information see the appropriate maintenance log shown in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide BRAKE BOOSTER Check the brake booster function as follows 1 With the engine off press and release the brake pedal several times When brake pedal movement distance of travel re mains the same from one pedal application to the next continue on to the next step While depressing the brake pedal start the engine The pedal height should drop a little With the brake pedal depressed stop the engine Keeping the pedal depressed for about 30 seconds the pedal height should not change Run the engine for one minute without depressing the brake pedal then turn it off Depress the brake pedal several times The pedal travel distance will decrease gradu ally with each depression as the vacuum is released from the booster If the brakes do not operate properly see your INFINITI dealer FUSES AA CAUTION Never use a fuse of higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 ENGINE COMPARTMENT If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition key and headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood and remove the cover on the battery and the fuse fusible link holder 3 Rem
304. peed indicator come on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed The Intelligent Cruise Control system cannot be set under the following conditions even if the COAST SET switch is pushed e When traveling outside the 25 to 90 MPH 40 to 144 km h speed range e When the selector lever is not in the D Drive position including the manual shift mode While the vehicle is being braked by the driver When pressing the ACCEL RES switch without there being a set speed in memory When the windshield wipers are switched to Low or High When the parking brake is applied When the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is switched off Starting and driving 5 27 System set display with vehicle ahead CRUISE System set display without vehicle ahead SSD0327 System operation AA WARNING Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle ahead this system auto matically accelerates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead Depress the accelera tor or brake pedal however to properly accelerate or decelerate your vehicle when acceleration is required for a 5 28 Starting and driving lane change or when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to its sudden deceleration or if a vehicle cuts in Al ways stay alert when using the ICC sys tem The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on t
305. per switch A will brighten the lights The lower switch dims the lights Repeatedly pressing the lower switch will turn the lights off SIC 2049 SIC2054 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH PUSH ON OFF SIC1447 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is completed the turn signals cancel automatically 2 Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flash ing FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the g0 position then turn the switch to the 4p position To turn them off turn the switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency con ditions All turn signal lights will flash Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driv ing AA WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Instruments and controls 2 25 e Do not use the hazard warning flash ers while moving on the highway un less unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your ve hicle might become a hazard to other traffic e Turn signals
306. plemental restraint system in the 1 Seats restraints and supple mental air bag systems section AA WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemen tal front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag sys tems and or pre tensioner seat belt sys tem will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by an IN FINITI dealer as soon as possible a Intelligent Key warning light for Intelligent Key system if so equipped This light comes on in green when it is possible to turn the ignition knob When the light comes on in red it is not possible to turn the knob e The warning light blinks in red when the Instruments and controls 2 13 Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle with the ignition knob in the ACC or ON position Confirm the location of the key as soon as possible when the warning light blinks in red Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you while driving the vehicle e The warning light goes off about 10 sec onds after the Intelligent Key is brought inside the vehicle INDICATOR LIGHTS M Automatic transmission position indicator light When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the indicator in the tachometer shows the automatic transmission selector lever po sition See Driving with automatic transmis sion in the 5 Starting and driv
307. plied with the child restraint When you install a LATCH system compatible child restraint to the lower anchor attachments in the rear seat follow these steps A WARNING Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area and feeling to make sure there are no obstructions over the LATCH system anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child re Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 39 straint will not be secured properly if the LATCH system anchors are obstructed 1 To install the LATCH system compatible child restraint adjust the height of the child restraint LATCH system anchor attach ments to the anchor points on the rear seat 2 Insert the anchor attachments into the an chor points If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether see Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installation instructions 3 After attaching the child restraint and before placing the child in it use force to tilt the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that the child restraint is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm 4 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use SSS0246 TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT WARNING e The child restraint anchor point is designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly
308. pressure as indi cated on the vehicle s tire information placard Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Each tire includ ing the spare should be checked monthly when cold and set to the recommended infla 2 12 Instruments and controls tion pressure as specified in the vehicle plac ard and Owner s Manual The recommended inflation pressure may also be found on the Tire and Loading Information label Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure lower than 26 psi 180 kPa the light will illuminate and the chime will sound for about 10 seconds If you select the tire pres sure information in the display the FLAT TIRE warning message will be displayed For additional information see Low tire pres sure warning system in the 5 Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section Also you can check the pressure of all 4 tires on the display screen See Tire pressure information in the 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section 4A WARNING e If the light does not come on with the key switch turned ON have the ve hicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible If the light comes on
309. r killed in alcohol related accidents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that s true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Please observe the following precautions AA WARNING e Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dangerous areas Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt fastened Keep you and your passen gers in position when driving over rough terrain Starting and driving 5 5 Before driving up or down grades check the road surface for bumps or potholes Be sure to climb a gentle slope and descend a gentle slope Do not drive across steep slopes Instead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes Off road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward Many hills are too steep for any ve hicle If you drive up them you may stall If you drive down them you may not be able to control your speed If you drive across them you may roll over Do not move selector lever while driv ing on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of t
310. r position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficul ties please contact the INFINITI Consumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this Owners Manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared however to clear all programming press and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HomeLink BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 inches 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink sur face 3 Press and hold the hand held transmitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly re lease both buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This proce dure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has be
311. r the headphones while the vehicle is in motion so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation e While playing video CD media this DVD player does not guarantee com plete functionality of all video CD formats With the DVD player you can hear DVD videos video CDs and CDs using head phones Passengers in the rear seat can enjoy the sound independently of the front seat Using the CD rear AV button located on the front seat you can also hear the sound of the DVD player through the speakers in the ve hicle It is possible to operate the DVD player by remote control Headphones are a wireless type and no cables are necessary You can use them in almost all the ranges in the rear seat It is not possible to use the headphones in the front seat POWER on off button With the ignition switch turned to the ACC or ON position push the POWER bution to turn the DVD player on or off Insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The digital video disc will be guided automatically into the slot AA CAUTION Do not force the compact disc into the slot This could damage the player MODE select switch Push the Mode button to select Audio Video source between DVD and AUX input input jacks on the faceplate Red right channel audio input White left channel audio input and Yellow Video input The display will show the AUX in the upper left corner of the display for 4 seco
312. r conditioner system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equip ment Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 21 AUDIO SYSTEM Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and press the power on switch to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the key should be turned to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance radio reception These circuits are designed to ex tend reception range and to enhance the quality of that reception However there are some general characteris tics of FM AM and satellite radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your radio system Remember that a moving vehicle is not the ideal place to listen to a radio Because of the movement reception condit
313. r park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park ina shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Thoroughly rinse surface dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of clean water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap such as Nissan Car Wash or a general pur pose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean 7 2 Appearance and care lukewarm never hot water CAUTION e Do not use strong household soap strong chemical detergents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so that the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle WAXING
314. r shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched po sition If they are not completely se cured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop When returning the seatbacks be sure to attach the rear center seat belt connector Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear cen ter seat belt connector is completely secured If the center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal in jury may result in an accident or sud den stop SSS0248 Reclining Pull the reclining lever Q and position the seat back at the desired angle 2 Release the reclining lever Q after positioning the seat at the desired angle WARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 5 The center of the head restraint is level with the center of your ears ADJUST J PUSH to S S0125
315. r will pause playing of the media In pause mode the player will show i on the upper left corner of the display until the player is changed to another mode Hi sTOoP Push the STOP button once to stop playing the media The display willshow inthe upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds and the last disc position will be stored When the PLAY button is pushed again it will resume at the stored disc track and time position If the STOP button is pushed again when the player is already in Stop mode it will reinitial ize the pointer to the beginning of the disc In effect it will ignore the last stored disc position and upon receipt of the next play message it will begin at the Title Menu or at the begin ning of the disc 4 EJECT When the EJECT button is pushed with the digital video disc loaded it will be ejected The display will show the EJECT symbol A inthe upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds once the EJECT button is pushed If the digital video disc is not loaded the display will show NO DISC If the digital video disc comes out and is not removed within 25 seconds it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it DISPLAY If the DISPLAY control is pushed for less than 2 seconds the display menu will appear on the screen e The display menu will remain on the screen for 10 seconds if no subsequent control activations occur
316. rature warms up the air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally The sensor on the instrument panel helps maintain a constant temperature do not put anything on or around this sensor IN CABIN MICROFILTER if so equipped The air conditioning system is equipped with an in cabin microfilter which collects dirt pol len dust etc To make sure the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates efficiently re place the filter in accordance with the mainte nance schedule in this manual To replace the filter contact your INFINITI dealer The filter should be replaced if the air flow decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the heater or air conditioning system SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioning system in your INFINITI vehicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer How ever special charging equipment and lubri cants are required when servicing your INFINITI air conditioner Using improper refrig erants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioning system See Capaci ties and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information sec tion for air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations Your INFINITI dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly air conditioning system amp WARNING The ai
317. rd indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn oper ates Switching procedure Push the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on the keyfob simultaneously for more than 2 sec onds to switch from one mode to the other When pushing the buttons to set hazard indi cator only mode the hazard indicator flashes 3 times When pushing the buttons to set hazard indi cator and horn mode the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments OPERATION GUIDE MODE Push LOCK and UNLOCK buttons for more than 2 seconds to switch Hazard indicator HAZARD INDICATOR and horn ONLY Hazard indicator HAZARD INDICATOR only AND HORN HORN once Switching indicator LOCK UNLOCK HAZARD 3 times HAZARD twice HAZARD once HAZARD twice HAZARD once HORN once SPA1260 The hazard indicator and horn mode also can be changed with vehicle electronic systems on the monitor See 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Locking doors and fuel filler lid 1 Remove the ignition key 1 2 2 Close all the doors 3 3 Push the LOCK button on the keyfob 4 All the doors and fuel filler lid will lock All of the doors will lock when the LOCK button on the keyfob is pushed even though a door remains open and or the ignition key is in the ON position 5 mie 2 The hazard i
318. request switch make sure the doors are securely locked e To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors e You can lock or unlock the doors using only the door handle which detects the Intelli gent Key It is not possible to lock the doors with the lock knob when the driver s door is open the ignition knob is pushed in or the metal key is in the ignition knob When you try to unlock the door while pulling the door handle the door may not unlock In this case release the door handle and the door will unlock Pull the door handle again and the door will open The outside beep which indicates the lock and unlock functions can be canceled with the LOCK UNLOCK button o the Intelligent Key and the vehicle electronic system on the monitor See 4 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 SPA1627 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or purse 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch or back door handle request switch 8 within the range of operation Locking doors 1 Turn the ignition knob to the LOCK position and remove the ignition key if any metal key is in the ignitio
319. rfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the window do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the elec trical conductors radio antenna ele ments or rear window defogger ele ments ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash regularly especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used Salt could discolor the wheel if not removed CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the inte rior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s rec ommendations Some fabric protectors con tain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens CAUTION e Never use gasoline thinner or any similar material e The leather seats should be regularly coated with a leather wax like saddle soap Never use car wax e Never use fabric protectors unless recommended by the manufacturer e Donotuse gl
320. rmation for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing INFINITI reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AA WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed carefully SIC0697 If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen ices If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle S 9 Z g Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action gt Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustra tion CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING AA WARNING Engine Exhaust some of its constitu ents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known
321. rom it it applies the brake pre pressure before the driver de presses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by reducing pedal free play clearances For more details please refer to Brake assist with preview function in this section ANTI LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ABS The anti lock brake system controls the brakes so the wheels will not lock when braking abruptly or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing wheel lockup the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down AA WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Normal operation The anti lock brake system will not operate at speeds below 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h to completely stop the vehicle The speeds will vary according to road conditions When the anti lock system senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator under the hood rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure like pumping the brakes very quickly While the actuator is working you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from the actuator under the hood This is normal and indicates that the anti lock system is worki
322. rom the radiator Wait until the engine and radiator cool down e See If your vehicle overheats in the 6 In case of emergency section e The radiator is equipped with a pres sure cap To prevent engine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below MIN add coolant up to the MAX level If the reservoir tank is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir tank up to the MAX level If the engine cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by your INFINITI dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 LOOSEN Front Drain plug SDI1525 CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT e Major cooling system repairs should be performed by your INFINITI dealer The service procedures can be found in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing WARNING To avoid being scalded never change the coolant when the engine is hot Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct sk
323. ront door beep sounds for ap proximately 3 seconds and all doors unlock The doors cannot be locked The ignition knob is not turned to LOCK position The Intelligent Key is taken out from the vehicle The Intelligent Key is left in the ve hicle Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle and push the door handle re quest switch Turn the ignition knob to LOCK and push the door handle request switch carrying the Intelligent Key with you Close all doors securely and push the door handle request switch carrying the Intelligent Key with you Turn the ignition knob to LOCK Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you Take out the Intelligent Key from the vehicle and close the door When opening the driver s door When stopping the engine When starting the engine A warning chime sounds continuously The P position warning light in the in strument panel blinks in red The warning chime sounds The key warning light in the instru ment panel blinks in green The ignition knob is not in LOCK posi tion or the mechanical key or valet key is inserted into the ignition knob The selector lever is not in the P posi tion The ignition knob is not turned to LOCK The battery charge is low Turn the ignition knob to LOCK Remove the mechanical key or valet key form the ignition knob Make sure that the selector lever is in the P position Turn the ignition knob to LOCK Repl
324. rt your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be followed 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle AA WARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The T type temporary spare tire and small size spare tire are designed for emergency use See Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your INFINITI Warranty Informa tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance D Card for the toll free number to call U S or War ranty Information Booklet Canada 6 8 In case of emergency AA WARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin cloth or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything immediately flush the con tacted area with water Keep battery out of the reach of chil dren The booster battery must be rated at Whenever working on or near a bat
325. rting the vehicle on snowy roads or slippery areas turn on the SNOW mode switch and the SNOW indicator light on the meter panel will illuminate When the Snow mode is activated engine output is controlled to avoid wheel spin Instruments and controls 2 27 VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL CLOCK VDC OFF SWITCH engine to turn ON the system See Vehicle dynamic control VDC system in the 5 Start ing and driving section VDC OFF SIC1881 The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC System on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine RPM will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To cancel the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch to turn off the system The vDe indicator will come ON Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the 2 28 Instruments and controls Adjusting knob SIC 1882 If the power supply is disconnected the clock will not indicate the correct time Readjust the time ADJUSTING THE TIME To adjust the time turn the adjusting knob POWER OUTLET AA CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot dur ing or immediately after use This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 vo
326. s windows To fully open or close the window completely press or lift the switch and release it it need not be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window just press or lift the switch on the opposite side Auto reverse function For front door windows or for all doors windows If the control unit detects something caught in a window as it moves up the window will be immediately lowered 2 36 Instruments and controls The auto reverse function can be activated when a window is closed by automatic opera tion when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc curs WARNING There are some small distances imme diately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc in side the vehicle before closing the win dow SUNROOF if so equipped SIC1854 AUTOMATIC SUNROOF The sunroof will only operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position The automatic sunroof is operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of a
327. s be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop f PRESS to unfasten f SSS0021 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt will automatically retract Checking seat belt operation Your seat belt retractors are designed to lock belt movement using two separate methods e when the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor e when the vehicle slows down rapidly You can check their operation as follows e grasp the shoulder belt and pull quickly forward The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about belt opera tion see your INFINITI dealer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 27 Shoulder belt height adjustment For front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best suited for you See Precautions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To lower pull the release button and then move the shoulder belt an chor to the desired position so that the belt passes over the shoulder Release the adjust ment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position To raise move the adjuster up to the desired position while pulling the button WARNING
328. s if actuated prior to expiration of the 3 second timer NUMERIC KEYPAD 0 9 amp gt 10 Remote control only Push the NUMERIC KEYPAD to directly ac cess disc chapters titles or tracks by inputting their numeric value The 210 button input numbers greater than or equal to 10 allowing up three digits to be input for selecting chapter title track number The subsequent actuation of numeric buttons will continuously shift the previously input number to the left The chapter title track number will be auto 4 40 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems matically selected if valid based on media content if 3 seconds expire without any key pad inputs The operator can cancel the input chapter title track number by actuating the CLEAR control prior to the expiration of the 3 second timer These functions can be used only for the DVD discs which correspond to them Auxiliary input jacks The auxiliary input jacks are located on the control panel Compatible devices such as video games camcorders and portable video players can be connected to the auxiliary jacks The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identi fication purposes e Yellow video input e White left channel audio input e Red right channel audio input CARE AND MAINTENANCE Use a lightly dampened lint free cloth to clean the surfaces of your Mobile Entertainment System DVD player face screen remote control e
329. s immediately locate the trouble and correct it See Precautions when starting and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas Carbon mon oxide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected immediately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold and the engine is turned off Check the lines for proper attach ment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation dete rioration or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances other wise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and around the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate For additional information see Cleaning exterior in the 7 Appearance and care section Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate flui
330. s malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the ai malfunc tion indicator lamp to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices while filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it Use only approved portable fuel containers for flammable liquid CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the car body flush it away with water to avoid paint dam age Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the ENGINE mal function indicator lamp MI to illu minate If the gw lamp illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The en lamp should turn off after a few driving trips If the ne lamp does SOON not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an au TILTING TELESCOPIC STEERING COLUMN thorized INFINITI dealer BN For additional information see the Y Malfunction indicator lamp MIL in 4 y the 2 Instruments and contro
331. s may cause a loss of control e Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while vehicle is moving forward Never shift to P Park or D Drive while vehicle is moving rearward These could cause an accident CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brakes should be used for this purpose Main gate Manual shift gate To move the selector lever Push the button while depressing the brake pedal Push the button Just move the selector lever Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and shift the selector lever from P Park to R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Push the button to shift into P Park or R Reverse All other positions can be selected without pushing the button WARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious per sonal injury and or property damage If the key is turned to OFF or ACC for any reason while the vehicle is in R Reverse N Neutral or any D Drive position the key cannot be turned to LOCK and be removed from the ignition switch Move the selector lever to P Park position then the key can be turned to LOCK P Park Use this selector position wh
332. s recommendations when using their product 9 22 Technical and consumer information UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear Treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on tire wear rate when tested under controlled conditions on specified government test courses For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 However relative tire performance de pends on actual driving conditions and may vary significantly from the norm due to varia tions in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance AA WARNING The traction grade assigned to your ve hicle tires is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not in clude acceleration cornering hydro planing or peak tractio
333. s the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating maximum total combined weight of the un loaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is located on the F M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maxi mum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This information is lo cated on the F M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the vehicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit Technical and consumer information 9 15 Exampl rampe Occupants Load limit 1 400 Ib R T 640 kg Example 2 Load limit Occupants 1 400 Ib 640 kg 150 Ib x 4 600 Ib 70 kg 150 Ib 150 Ib 300 Ib 30 Ib 70 kg 70 kg 140 kg 15 kg Z R R3 EEA 30 Ib x4 120 Ib 280 kg 15 kg Luggage Available cargo C and luggage
334. seat According to accident statistics chil dren are safer when properly re strained in the rear seat than in the front seat e An improperly installed child re straint could lead to serious injury or death in an accident In general child restraints are designed to be installed with the lap portion of a three point type seat belt In addition this vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint lower anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children sys tem Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to these lower anchors For details see LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children SYSTEM later in this section Child restraints for infants and children of various sizes are offered by several manufac turers When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind e choose only a restraint with a label certify ing that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 e check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e if the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child re straint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Always follow all recom mended procedures All US states and Canadian provi
335. selector lever is returned to a position other than R it may take some time for the screen to change Objects on the screen may be distorted until they are completely dis played e When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display objects This is not a malfunction When strong light directly enters the cam era objects may not be displayed clearly Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the rear view monitor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object When the contrast of objects is low at night pushing the ENTER button may not change the brightness Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark place or at night If dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the rear view monitor may not clearly dis play objects Clean the camera To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not use body wax on the camera win dow Wipe off the wax with a clean cloth dampened with mild detergent diluted with water 4 16 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems VENTILATORS Front SAA0708 Open or close and adjust the air flow direction of ventilators This symbol indicates t
336. shing If needed Roadside Assistance is available Please see your INFINITI Warranty Informa tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance D Card for the toll free number to call U S or IN FINITI Warranty Information Booklet Canada IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the selector lever to the P Park position Do not stop the engine D Turn off the air conditioner switch Open all the windows move the heater or air condi tioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 If engine overheating is caused by climbing a long hill on a hot day run the engine at a fast idle approximately 1 500 rom until the temperature gauge indication returns to normal gt Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen oa Open the engine hood 6 Visually check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine In case of emergency 6 11
337. sition when working under the hood or inside the vehicle 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems AA WARNING e Once the supplemental front air bag side air bag or curtain side impact air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally if any of the supplemental front air bags inflate the activated pre tensioner seat belts must also be replaced The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system should be replaced by an IN FINITI dealer The air bag modules and pre tensioner seat belt system cannot be repaired e The supplemental front air bag and side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt system should be inspected by an INFINITI dealer if there is any dam age to the front end or side portion of the vehicle e Ifyou need to dispose of these supple mental systems or scrap the vehicle contact an authorized INFINITI dealer Correct disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Ser vice Manual Incorrect disposal pro cedures could cause personal injury SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced INFINITI strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every
338. slack in the belt Before placing the child in the child re straint use force to tilt the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm 6 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the belt is in the automatic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is allowed to wind back into the retractor the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled the seat belt only locks during a sudden stop or impact lower anchor points right k a ee LATCH lower Ru ains left SSS0245 LATCH LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHERS FOR CHILDREN SYSTEM AA WARNING e Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown If a child restraint is not se cured properly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident e Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the child restraint lower anchors The child restraint will not be secured properly e The LATCH system anchors are de signed to withstan
339. st 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 must be used If premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel eration VQ35DE engine Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 91 For improved vehicle performance INFINITI recommends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number Research octane number 96 AA CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission con trol devices and systems and could also affect the warranty coverage Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor mulated gasolines These gasolines are spe cially designed to reduce vehicle emissions INFINITI supports efforts towards cleaner air and suggests that you use reformulated gaso line when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol
340. stem back on to use the CRUISE system CRUISE SSD0331 Condition B When the sensor window is dirty making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead the ICC system is automatically canceled The buzzer sounds and the system warning light Orange will come on and the set dis tance indicators will blink Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place turn the engine off Clean the dirty parts with a soft cloth and then perform the settings again Starting and driving 5 33 CRUISE SD0332 SSD0315 Condition C When the ICC system is not operating prop erly the buzzer sounds and the system warn ing light Orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off and then perform the settings again If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer 5 34 Starting and driving How to handle the sensor The sensor for the ICC system A is located below the front bumper To keep the ICC system operating properly be sure to observe the following e Always keep the sensor clean Wipe dirty parts with a soft cloth carefully so as not to damage them e Do not impact the areas around the sensor Do not touch or disassemble the screw
341. t amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible infla tion pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates that the tire requires an inner tube tube type or not tubeless The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself Manufacturer or Brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manu facturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the outward racing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES 4A WARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e summer all season or snow and construction Your INFINITI dealer may be able to help you with informa tion about tire type size speed rating and availability e
342. t exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle LOADING TIPS e The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S cer tification label e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AA WARNING e Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause per sonal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts on your vehicle can break or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury Overloading not only could shorten the life of your vehicle and the tires but also could lead to hazardous ve hicle handling and long braking dis tance This may cause a premature tire malfunction which could result in a serious accident and personal in jury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by your warranty TOWING A TRAILER Total trailer load Tongue load d Tongue 080s 400 9 to 11 Total trailer load TI1011M Your new vehicle was des
343. t match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions INFINITI recommends the use of snow or all season tires on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some provinces and states prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires All wheel drive models AA CAUTION e Always use tires of the same size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission trans fer case and differential gears e ONLY use spare tires specified for each 4 wheel drive model If excessive tire wear is found it is recom mended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pattern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and cor rected as necessary Contact your INFINITI dealer Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditio
344. t move more than 1 inch 25 mm 6 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the belt is in the automatic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the lap belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 43 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is allowed to wind back into the retractor the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled the seat belt only locks during a sudden stop or impact 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems MEMO Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 45 2 Instruments and controls Instrument Panel c ccceivicececcssesecceestsecsvvaenssnescunsbesiadeas 2 2 Meters and QaUuges eeeesceseseeseeeeeeeneeeseeeaeees 2 3 Speedometer and odometer cceeeeeeees 2 4 Tachometr seiis ns 2 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge 08 2 5 Fuel GAUGE risisco iindrre deinen 2 5 Compass display taissi esisiini iernii 2 6 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 9 C ecking DUDS iziii aaa 2 9 Warning QMS rsa R 2 9 indicator IoMS n E 2 14 Audible reminders ce eeseeseeeereeeeeeeeeeeees 2 15 Security SYSIOMS orinni i 2 1
345. tc AA CAUTION Do not use any solvents or cleaning solutions when cleaning the video system Do not use excessive force on the monitor screen Avoid touching or scratching the monitor screen as it may become dirty or damaged Do not attempt to operate the system in extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C Do not attempt to operate the system in extreme humidity conditions less than 10 or more than 75 HOW TO HANDLE THE DVD SAA0451 AA CAUTION e Handle a DVD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc e Toclean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion e Do not use a conventional record cleaner benzine thinner or alcohol intended for industrial use e Anew disc may be rough on its inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges using the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated Never attempt to use a DVD that has been cracked deformed or repaired using adhesive Doing so may cause damage to the equipment Handle the DVD carefully to avoid contami nation or flaws Otherwise signals may not be read properly Do not write draw or attach anything on any side of the DVD Do not store the DVD in locations with direct sunlight or in high temperatures or humidity Always place discs in the storage case when they are not being used Do not put
346. ted with unleaded engine gaso line Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district therefore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user INFINITI is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION ST10345 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is at tached as shown This number is the identifi cation for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER Chassis number The number is stamped as shown Technical and consumer information 9 1 1 VQ35DE Front ST10303A VK45DE STIO266A ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown 9 12 Technical and consumer information F M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards F M V S S certification label is affixed as shown This label co
347. tension sun visor Main sun visor MIRRORS PD1006M INSIDE MIRROR The night position will reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night AA WARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view clar ity Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 AUTO indicator ON or OFF light Green SPA1448 AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE INSIDE MIRROR if so equipped AA WARNING Use Automatic Anti glare only when necessary because it reduces rear view clarity The inside mirror is designed so that it auto matically changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle follow ing you 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments When the inside MIRROR switch is in the ON position The Auto indicator light will illumi nate excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced When the switch of the inside mirror is in the OFF position the inside mirror will operate nor mally For the HomeLink Universal Transceiver and the compass display see the description in the 2 Instruments and controls section e t SPA1449 OUTSIDE MIRRORS AA WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge
348. the maintenance interval select the RESET key using the joystick and push the ENTER button To display the MAINTENANCE INFORMA TION automatically when setting trip distance is reached select the Display Maintenance Notification key and push the ENTER but ton Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 13 displayed on the screen FLAT TIRE low tire air pressure TIRE ROTATION TIRE PRESSURE A WARNING Driving Distance m o a750 7 500 miles When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the pressure of that tire will Display Maintenance Notification not be indicated and not be monitored by the low tire pressure warning system Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or sys tem resetting SAA0699 SAA0700 Tire pressure information if so equipped Pressure indication in psi on the screen indicates that the pressure is being measured After a few driving trips the pressure for each tire will be displayed randomly The order of tire pressure figures displayed on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s traveling condi tion and the temperature In case of low tire pressure a message is 4 14 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems REARVIEW MONITOR if so equipped When the selec
349. the meter panel then blinks to warn the driver e Ifthe engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high the cruise control system will be canceled automatically If the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by your INFINITI dealer The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control main switch is turned on while pushing the RES ACCEL COAST SET or CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel To properly set the cruise control system perform the preceding steps in the order indicated a ON OFF 4 CANCEL 1 RESUME or ACCEL switch 2 COAST or SET switch 3 ON OFF switch 4 CANCEL switch CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the main switch on The CRUISE indicator light on the meter panel will come on To set at cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light will come on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will main tain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previ ously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens
350. thout oil filter VIASDE 61 8 at Sleat 28 e API Certification Mark 2 3 change VQ35DE 4 5 8 qt 3 7 8 qt 44 e API grade SG SH Energy Conserving amp Il or API grade SJ or SL Energy Conserving 3 Cooling system e ILSAC grade GF I GF II amp GF III 3 With reservoir VK45DE 10 5 8 qt 8 3 4 qt 10 0 VQ35DE 9 1 8 qt 7 5 8 qt 8 6 P r AETA VK45DE 7 8 at 3 4 qt 08 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent VQ35DE 7 8 qt 3 4 qt 0 8 Automatic transmission fluid Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF 4 Differential gear oil API GL 5 Viscosity SAE 80W 90 7 Genuine Nissan Matic D ATF Continental U S and Alaska or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transfer fluid e E Transmission Fluid 8 Power steering fluid PSF Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions _Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 10 Brake fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 5 or equivalent DOT 3 U S FMVSS No 116 Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 9 Air conditioning system lubricants Nissan A C System Oil Windshield washer fluid Type S or exact equivalent Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent pi 2 For additional informal 4 9 10 For Canada Nissan Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF DEXRON III MERCO
351. tires is not recom mended e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety In formation Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle han dling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be balanced as required Wheel balance service should be performed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself the rear wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet Care of wheels e Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance e Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed e Do not use abrasive cleaners when wash ing the wheels e Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e INFINITI recommends that the side walls of road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire T type Observe the following precautions if the T type spare tire must be used otherwise your ve hicle c
352. tomatic transmission durability and may damage the auto matic transmission which is not cov ered by the INFINITI new vehicle lim ited warranty The specified automatic transmission fluid is also described on caution labels located in the engine compartment POWER STEERING FLUID HOT MAX Ru LAT AX wt HOT MIN SL Sie COLD MAX a COLD MIN Front SDI1408 BRAKE FLUID Brake fluid reservoir SDI1610 Check the fluid level in the reservoir tank The fluid level should be checked using the HOT range at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C or using the COLD range at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C AA CAUTION e Do not overfill e Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equiva lent Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent to DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be thoroughly checked by your INFINITI dealer AA WARNING Use only new fluid Old inferior or con taminated fluid may damage the brake Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDOW WASHER FLUID SD1I1388 Add fluid when the low washer fluid warning light comes on Add a washer solvent to the water for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer anti freeze
353. tor lever is shifted into the R Reverse position the monitor display shows view to the rear of the vehicle CAUTION e The rearview camera is a conve nience but it is not a substitute for proper backing and should not be used for lane changes Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up or changing lanes Always back up slowly e The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large station ary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle The system will not de tect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground e Objects viewed in the rearview moni tor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in the rearview monitor will appear visu ally opposite than when viewed in the rearview and outside mirrors Make sure that the trunk is securely closed when backing up Do not put anything on the rearview camera The rearview camera is in stalled beside the license plate light When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens a malfunction fire or an electric shock Do not strike the camera It is a pre cision instrument Otherwise it may malfunction or cause damage result ing in a fire or an electric shock Do not use alcohol benzine or thin ner to clean the camera This will
354. tsceterecsgereecest 5 8 Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System 00 5 9 Ignition knob models with the Intelligent Key SYSIOM enirigi n aai 5 9 Ignition knob positions ne Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System 0 0 5 10 Before starting the engine eee 5 11 Starting the engine 0 we 5 11 Driving the vehicle ss 012 Automatic transmission ve 5 12 Parking Drako riesenie i ten sazenciees 5 15 SUIS CONO s 225 c2d tsseasscaaseniacestascnevecassceseei tse 5 16 Precautions on cruise control de Cruise control operations ceeeeeeeeeeeee Intelligent Cruise Control system if SO CQUIPPOd iiir 5 18 How to change the intelligent cruise control MOOG ise eves neigainnai a aeu nieeet aes 5 19 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 5 19 Conventional fixed speed cruise control INNO Le PE EE E A aes 5 34 Brake assist with preview function for Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models 5 37 BrakecaSsists2 2 2 cczes ici disc stisacedcaPiesstareresatteceien ae 5 37 Preview fUNCtiON eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeteeeeeeneeeteeees 5 37 Break in schedule Increasing fuel ECONOMY eee eeeeseeererereeeeee 5 40 AWD warning ghisi airain Parking parking on hills Power StGGrinG siisii sia Brake SYSIOM srir netirsta Braking precautions see eeeeseeeerereeeeee Preview function for Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped
355. tte playing To adjust BASS Treble Fader and Balance press the AUDIO knob until the desired mode BASS TREBLE FADE or BALANCE appears in the display Turn the Tuning knob to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level Use the Tuning knob also to adjust Fader or Balance modes Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance ad justs the sound between the right and left speakers To change the SSV mode to OFF LOW MID or HIGH turn the Tuning knob to right or left To change the NR Dolby mode to OFF or ON turn the Tuning knob to right or left while cassette tape is playing When Dolby is ON the display indicates the JT mark Dolby noise reduction manufactured under li cense from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Cor poration Dolby NR and the double D symbol 4 26 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems DA are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation After 10 seconds the radio cassette tape or CD display reappears Once the sound quality is set to the desired level press the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio cassette tape or CD display appears Display CD text To indicate the CD mode text push the AUDIO knob during CD playing Track title Disc title BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE SSV Display mode To change the indicated text in display mode turn the tuning knob within 10 seconds The text will change as fol
356. uise control main set switch P 5 16 or Intelligent cruise control switch if so equipped P 5 18 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 19 Ignition switch P 5 8 Ignition knob P 3 13 Center ventilator P 4 16 Display Climate and Audio control switches buttons P 4 2 Navigation sys tem Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 19 Snow mode switch P 2 27 Hood release handle P 3 25 Fuse box P 8 23 VDC OFF switch P 2 28 Parking brake pedal parking brake re lease pedal P 5 15 Tilting telescopic steering wheel switch if so equipped P 3 29 Tilting steering wheel lock lever if so equipped P 3 29 Telescopic steering wheel lock lever P 3 29 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 25 Heated seat switch if so equipped P 2 26 Cassette player P 4 26 Cigarette lighter and ashtray P 2 30 29 Automatic transmission selector lever P 5 12 30 Clock P 2 28 31 Glove box P 2 32 See the page indicated in parentheses for operating details Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual if so equipped METERS AND GAUGES 7 1 8 SIC2135 1 Warning Indicator lights 2 Tachometer 3 Speedometer 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge Intelligent cruise control system display if so equipped Automatic transmission position indicator 7 Odometer Total Twin trip 8 Fuel gauge Instruments and controls 2 3 RESET TF TRIP SIC2136
357. ument panel comes on in green the ignition knob can be turned 3 Turn the ignition knob to START and the engine will be started 4 When the engine starts release the ignition knob AA WARNING Do not start the engine from outside the e inthe corner of interior compartment e f it is difficult to turn the ignition knob ees ey ener perform the following e Push the ignition knob again and slowly turn it INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE For important safety information see Starting e Turn the ignition knob while gently turn memainkan b aon the engine in the Starting and driving sec ing the steering wheel to the left or right e MEIJEN SEY MNO eR CAME yeas tiori when you carry the key with you and operate Stopping the engine as specified in the operating range inside or e When the ignition knob is pushed under the outside the vehicle following conditions the key warning light in 1 Shift the selector lever to the P position s oii When the Intelligent Key battery runs down or the instrument panel comes on in red Itis 2 Turn the ignition knob to ACC where there ie ae arncise not possible to turn the ignition knob when the operating range may be narrower or the e you do not have the Intelligent Key with key may be inoperative you e the Intelligent Key battery has run down e you have a Intelligent Key for another vehicle with you e Slowly turn the ignition knob after the key warn
358. ures SAE 10W 30 10W 40 viscosity oil may be used for am bient temperatures above 0 F 18 C See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE PRESSURES See tire placard affixed to the inside of the rear left door opening NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations out lined in the Break in schedule Information found in the 5 Starting and driving section of this Owner s Manual Follow these recommen dations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle 2 oO ST10356 gi oA oO NS onoo 14 Engine oil P 8 11 Brake fluid P 8 15 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Hood release P 3 25 Trunk release P 3 25 Fuel filler lid release P 3 27 Seat belt P 1 21 Door lock key P 3 3 Spare tire P 6 4 P 8 40 Windshield washer fluid P 8 16 Engine coolant P 8 9 11 12 13 Power steering fluid P 8 15 Battery P 8 17 Audio system P 4 22 Heater and air con ditioner P 4 18 Fuel P 3 27 P 9 2
359. ut navigation SYSUCMM E E Name of components How to use joystick and ENTER button 4 3 How to use PREV button eee 4 3 How to use DISP brightness control button 4 3 DAY NIGHT DURON scissioni 4 3 How to use SETTING button ee 4 3 How to use MAINT maintenance button 4 5 How to use TRIP button eee eee 4 6 How to use FUEL ECON button 4 6 How to use E M button ou eee eee 4 7 Outside air temperature eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 7 Control panel buttons with navigation system 4 7 Name of components sisisi 4 8 How to use joystick and ENTER button 4 8 How to use PREV button eee senienas 4 8 Setting up start up SCre N eee 4 8 How to use SETTING button ee 4 9 DAY NIGHT DUO Misiri rieira 4 12 How to use the TRIP button ee 4 12 Rearview monitor if so equipped ee 4 15 How to read the displayed lines 4 15 Adjusting the SCr N ecseeessesseeeeneerereees 4 16 Operating tips Ventilators 0 00 0 Heater and air conditioner automatic 4 18 Automatic operation cee eee eeeeeeeeees 4 19 Manual operationis icorisindo 4 20 Operating TPS wsirisssyriisiriainiiassaiinaonpieiianss 4 20 In cabin microfilter if so equipped 4 21 Servicing air conditioner 4 21 Audio Syston e a E 4 22 FM radio TECOPtlOMn seiis 4 2
360. utton ON OFF VOLUME control knob CD slot TAPE EJECT button Tuning up down knob and AUDIO BASS TREBLE FADE and BALANCE SSV and NR Dolby knob Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 25 FM AM SAT RADIO WITH CASSETTE PLAYER AND COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER Audio main operation The tape deck employs a permalloy head which allows for improved reproduction of high frequency ranges Noise is also greatly re duced by the combined use of the Dolby NR Noise Reduction system The auto loudness circuit enhances the low frequency range au tomatically in both radio reception and tape and CD playback ON OFF Volume control Turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON and then push the ON OFF Volume control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio tape or CD which was playing imme diately before the system was turned off When no CD or tape is loaded the radio will come on While the system is on pushing the ON OFF Volume control knob turns the sys tem off To turn the radio off press the Power Volume control knob Turn the ON OFF Volume control knob to ad just the volume This vehicle has Speed Sensitive control Volume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driving speed changes AUDIO knob BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE SSV and NR Dolby Press the AUDIO knob to change the selecting mode as follows BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE SSV NR when casse
361. ver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sen sors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The air bag system moni tors the severity of a collision and then inflates the air bags based on belt usage Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the supplemental front air bag inflates Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 9 at belts and supplemental restraint systems 1 10 Safety Seats se WARNING e Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some ex amples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustra tions Preteens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible e Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags side air bags or curtain side impact air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Preteens and children should be properly re strained in the rear seat if possible e Also never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating supplemental front air bag could se riously injure or kill your child For additional information see Child re
362. w complete Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems 4 27 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band and or SATELLITE band encoded within a regular radio broadcast Currently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display e Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 e Station name such as The Groove e Music or programming type such as Clas sical Country or Rock e Traffic reports about delays or construction If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed FROG Program type PTY Category CAT When PROG RPT button is pressed for more than 1 5 seconds during FM SAT mode the PTY CAT name of the current tuned station is displayed During this time if the PTY CAT data code is zero or the data is unreadable the display will show NONE 1 PTY CAT selection mode PTY CAT name selection can be done by the up down TUNE button pp or qq in the PTY CAT selection mode It is possible to shift the PTY CAT name by one step with one push of the up down tuning button pp or q
363. while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated and the low tire pres sure warning system will not func tion Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting CAUTION e The low tire pressure warning is nota substitute for the regular tire pres sure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly e If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 20 MPH 32 km h the low tire pressure warning system may not operate correctly e Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the four wheels correctly Low washer fluid warning light This light comes on when the washer tank fluid is at a low level Add washer fluid as neces sary See Window washer fluid in the 8 Mai
364. will turn on the MES mute The sound resumes when a DVD disc is loaded or another audio source is connected to the auxiliary input jacks SAA0451 CD CARE AND CLEANING e Handle a CD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc e Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used e To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use e A new disc may be rough on its inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges us 4 32 Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems ing the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated te lt _ Volume control switch vor 4 Down l MODE j MODE select switch Up AN Memory change Seek and APS switch Down VY SAA0714 STEERING SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL if so equipped The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel MODE select switch Push the mode select switch to change the mode in the sequence of FM AM SAT CD and Tape This mode switch will not change the DVD MES Volume control switches Push the volume control switch to increase or decrease the volume VW I HX Tuning Memory change radio Push the tuning switch wy or A for less than 1 5 seconds to
365. y be due to interference caused by another INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key an automated toll road device or automated pay ment device on the key ring Restart the en gine using the following procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat step 1 and 2 again 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered INFINITI Ve hicle Immobilizer System key If this procedure allows the engine to start INFINITI recommends placing the regis tered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key on a separate key ring to avoid inter ference from other devices Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem CONT ASSY BCM ANT ASSY IMMOBILIZER This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must ac Instruments and controls 2 17 cept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired op eration of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE MANUFAC TURE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT 2 18 Instruments and c
366. y lock with the metal key master key mechanical key valet key and wallet key toward the front of the vehicle will lock all doors e Turning the driver s door key one time to the rear of the vehicle will unlock the corre sponding door From that position return ing the key to neutral where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it to the rear again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors including the back door and fuel filler lid Opening and closing windows The driver s door key operation allows you to open and close the front door windows simul taneously e To open the windows turn the driver s door key to the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is unlocked e To close the windows turn the driver s door key to the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is locked The door windows will open or close while turning the driver s door key This function will operate after the ignition switch is off and 45 seconds have passed or till either of the front doors is opened Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 ims SPA1422 Driver s side LOCK UNLOCK Front AS es side X X SPA1505B LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To individually lock the doors move the inside lock knob to the LOCK position then close the door To unlock pull up the inside lock knob to the UNLOCK position When locking the door without a key
367. y of genuine INFINITI Owner s Manuals for the 2004 model year and prior see an INFINITI dealer or contact DDS Distribution Services Ltd 20770 Westwood Road Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 In Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITI Service Manual or Owners Manual please contact your nearest INFINITI dealer For the phone number and location of an INFINITI dealer in your area call the INFINITI Satisfac tion Center at 1 800 361 4792 and a bilingual INFINITI representative will assist you Also available are genuine INFINITI Service and Owner s Manuals for older INFINITI mod els IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this un likely event there is some important informa tion you should know Many insurance compa nies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Technical and consumer information 9 25 Insist on the use of Genuine INFINITI Collision Parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to INFINITI s original exacting specifications if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine INFINITI Collision Parts INFINITI does not warrant non INFINITI parts nor does INFINITI s war ranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine parts Using Genuine INFINITI Parts can help protect y
368. y your INFINITI dealer SERVICE ENGIN 00 mn Malfunction indicator lamp MIL If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control mal function The malfunction indicator lamp may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the ve hicle has at least three gallons of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the ygie lamp should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists Operation The malfunction indicator lamp will come on in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator lamp on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The hme lamp should turn off after a few driving trips If the IONE lamp does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer e Malfunction indicator lamp blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage a Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h b Avoid hard accelerat
369. yst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Ex haust gases in the converter are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AA WARNING e The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people ani mals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system compo nents e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire AA CAUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause over rich fuel flow into the three way cata lyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine misfires or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle in spected promptly by an_ INFINITI dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damag ing the three way catalyst Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine ON PAVEMENT AND OFFROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles They have higher ground clearance than pas senger cars to make them capable

2004.5 Infiniti FX45/35 Owner Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents